Table of Contents



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018January 1, 2022
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File No. 001-37786
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File No. 001-37786

 
usfwhymilockuprgb.jpgusfd-20220101_g1.jpg
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
24-0347906
Delaware
26-0347906
(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)
9399 W. Higgins Road, Suite 100
Rosemont, IL 60018
(847) 720-8000
(Address, including Zip Code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Classeach classTrading symbol(s)
Name of Each Exchangeeach exchange on WhichRegisteredwhich registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per shareUSFDNew York Stock Exchange
 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes    No 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐    No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes     No 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).     Yes     No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer☐ Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company


If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrantregistrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes     No  
At June 29, 2018,



As of July 3, 2021, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates was $8.2$8.3 billion(based on the reported closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock on such date on the New York Stock Exchange). 217,611,476223,020,382 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding as of February 8, 2019.11, 2022.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, relating to the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 1, 2019,19, 2022, are incorporated herein by reference for purposes of Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The definitive proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 29, 2018.January 1, 2022. 











usfwhymilockuprgba01.jpgusfd-20220101_g1.jpg
US Foods Holding Corp.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.
PART I.
Page No.
PART I.
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.









Basis of Presentation
We operate on a 52 or 53 week53-week fiscal year, with all periods ending on a Saturday. When a 53-week fiscal year occurs, we report the additional week in the fiscal fourth quarter. The fiscal years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017, December 31, 2016,January 1, 2022, January 2, 20162021, and December 27, 201428, 2019 are also referred to herein as fiscal years 2018, 2017, 2016, 20152021, 2020, and 2014,2019, respectively. Our fiscal years 2018, 2017, 20162021 and 20142019 were 52-week fiscal years. Our fiscal year 20152020 was a 53-week fiscal year.
Forward-Looking Statements
ThisStatements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) containswhich are not historical in nature are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements include information concerning our liquidity and our possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business strategies. These statements often include words such as “believe,” “expect,” “project,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “outlook,” “estimate,” “target,” “seek,” “will,” “may,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “forecasts,“forecast,” “mission,” “strive,” “more,” “goal,” or similar expressions. Theexpressions (although not all forward-looking statements may contain such words) and are based onupon various assumptions that we have made based onand our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, and expected future developments, and other factors we think are appropriate. We believe these judgments are reasonable.developments. However, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. Our actual results, could differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements.
Thereand there are a number of risks, uncertainties and other important factors many of which are beyond our control, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements, contained in this Annual Report. These risks, uncertainties, and other important factors include,including, among others, the risks, uncertainties, and other factors set forth in Item 1A of Part I, “Risk Factors,” and Item 7 of Part II, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of this Annual Report.
In light of these risks, uncertainties and other important factors, the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report might not prove to be accurate, and you should not place undue reliance on them. All forward-looking statements attributable to us, or others acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements above.above and contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. All of these statements speak only as of the date made, and we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether because of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
Comparisons of results between current and prior periods are not intended to express any future trends, or indications of future performance, unless expressed as such, and should be viewed only as historical data.



1


PART I
Item 1.Business
Item 1.    Business
US Foods Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries are referred to in this Annual Report as “we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company,the “Company,” or “US Foods.” US Foods Holding Corp. conducts all of its operations through its wholly owned subsidiary US Foods, Inc. (“USF”) and its subsidiaries.
Our Company
We are among America’s great food companies and leading foodservice distributors. Built through organic growth and acquisitions, we trace our roots back over 150 years to a number of heritage companies with rich legacies in food innovation and customer service. These include Monarch Foods (established in 1853), Sexton (1883), PYA (1903), Rykoff (1911) and Kraft Foodservice (1976). US Foodservice was organized as a corporation in Delaware in 1989. In November 2011, we rebranded from “US Foodservice” to “US Foods.”
Our mission is to be First In Food. We strive to inspire and empower chefs and foodservice operators to bring great food experiences to consumers. This mission is supported by our strategy of Great Food. Made Easy.GREAT FOOD. MADE EASY.™, which centersis centered on providing our customers a broadwith the innovative products business support and innovative offering of high-quality products, as well as a comprehensive suite of industry-leading e-commerce, technology and business solutions.solutions they need to operate their businesses profitably. We operate as one business with standardized business processes, shared systems infrastructure, and an organizational model that optimizes national scale with local execution, allowing us to manage theour business as a single operating segment. We have centralized activities where scale matters and our local field structure focuses on customer facing activities. As we say on our trucks, we are Keeping Kitchens Cooking across America.


We supply approximately 250,000 customer locations nationwide. These customer locations include independently owned single and multi-unit restaurants, regional restaurant concepts,chains, national restaurant chains, hospitals, nursing homes, hotels and motels, country clubs, government and military organizations, colleges and universities, and retail locations. We provide approximatelymore than 400,000 fresh, frozen, and dry food stock-keeping units, or SKUs, as well as non-food items, sourced from approximately 5,0006,000 suppliers. Approximately 4,000 sales associates manage customer relationships at local, regional, and national levels. TheyOur sales associates are supported by sophisticated marketing and category management capabilities, as well as a sales support team that includes world-class chefs and restaurant operations consultants, new business development managers and others that help us provide more comprehensive service to our customers. Our extensive network of 6369 distribution facilities and fleet of approximately 6,0006,500 trucks, along with 80 cash and carry locations, allow us to operate efficiently and provide high levels of customer service. This operating model allows us to leverage our nationwide scale and footprint while executing locally.
Our Business Strategy
While we serve many customer types, our strategy is primarily focused on independent restaurants, small and regional chains, and healthcare and hospitality customers. Among other factors, their expected growth, mix of product and category purchases, and adoption of value-added solutions make them attractive to us.
We offer innovative products and services that help chefs and operators succeed. Our e-commerce tools and mobile solutions make it easier for customers to do business with us. We execute on these elements of our strategy while delivering on the fundamental requirements that are important to all of our customers.
Growth from acquisitions remains an important part of our strategy. We believe there remain attractive acquisition opportunities for us that will allow us to grow with our target customer types and generate an attractive return on investment, including from the synergies we may capture from integration. As an example, in July 2018, we announced that we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Services Group of America, Inc. (“SGA”) under which we agreed to acquire SGA’s Food Group of Companies, including Food Services of America, Inc., Systems Services of America, Inc., Amerifresh, Inc., Ameristar Meats, Inc. and Gampac Express, Inc. (collectively, the “SGA Food Group Companies”), for $1.8 billion in cash.  The closing of the acquisition remains subject to customary conditions, including the receipt of required regulatory approvals.

Our Industry
The U.S. foodservice distribution industry has a large number of companies competing in the space, including local, regional, and national foodservice distributors. Foodservice distributors typically fall into three categories, representing differences in customer focus, product offering, and supply chain:
Broadline distributors which offer a “broad line” of products and services;
System distributors which carry products specified for large chains; and
Specialized distributors which primarily focus on specific product categories (e.g., meat or produce) or customer types.

Given our mix of products and services, we are considered a broadline distributor. A number of adjacent competitors also serve the U.S. foodservice distribution industry, including cash-and-carry retailers, commercial wholesale outlets, and warehouse clubs, commercial website outlets, and grocery stores.
There is a high degree of customer overlap, particularly across the broadline, specialized and cash-and-carry categories, as many customers purchase from multiple distributors. Most Customer buying decisions are based on the typeassortment of product offered, quality, and price, and a distributor’s ability to completely and accurately fill orders and provide timely deliveries. Since switching costs are low, customers can make supplier and distribution channel changes quickly. Existing foodservice competitors can extend their shipping distances and add truck routes and warehouses relatively quickly to serve new markets or customers.service levels.


We believe, based upon industry trade data, that we are the second largest foodservice distributor in the U.S. by annual sales, with over $24 billion in net sales during fiscal 2018. Given our mix of products and services, we are considered a broadline distributor.
The U.S. foodservice distribution industry is comprised ofserves different customer types of varying sizes, growth profiles, and product and service requirements.
Independent restaurants/small chains and regional chains. Independentrequirements, including independent restaurants, and small and regional chains typically differentiate themselves in the market based on the dining experience they provide to consumers and the quality and diversity of their menu. Many value business solutions that help them attract diners, improve the effectiveness of their menu offering, and drive efficiency in their operations.
Healthcarehealthcare customers. Healthcare customers generally fall into either acute care (e.g. (such as hospital systems) or senior living (e.g.systems, nursing homes and long-term care facilities). Healthcare, hospitality customers have complex foodservice needs given their scale, need for menu diversity, and logistics considerations. Food is also not as central to their overall business as it is for a restaurant, but it is a key contributor to patient satisfaction. As a result, some healthcare providers utilize third party contract management companies to operate their foodservice facilities. Many use group purchasing organizations, or GPOs, as intermediaries in order to gain procurement scale. In our experience, healthcare customers purchasing directly, through GPOs, or through contract foodservice operators value strong relationships with their foodservice distributors, particularly those that bring national scale, a broad product offering, and strong transactional and logistics capabilities.
Hospitality customers. Hospitality customers are a diverse group, ranging(ranging from large hotel chains and conference centers to local banquet halls, country clubs, casinos and entertainment complexes), regional and sports complexes. Food isnational restaurant chains, colleges and universities, K-12 schools, and retail locations. Our target customer typesindependent restaurants, healthcare and hospitalityvalue foodservice distributors with a key contributor to guest satisfactionbroad product offering and value-added services that help them be efficient and effective in running their operations. As described in more detail below, our GREAT FOOD. MADE EASY. strategy resonates with these types of customers, and for this reason, we believe our growth prospects with these customers and they value solutions related to menu planning and efficiency improvements in their kitchens and restaurants. With complex foodservice needs, hospitality customers value streamlined purchasing processes and expect high service levels in fulfilling their orders.
National restaurant chains. National chains tend to in-source most activities except distribution, where they often rely on system distributors primarily for freight and logistics.
are greater than with other customer types.
In fiscal year 2018,2021, no single customer represented more than 3%2% of our total customer sales. Sales to our top 50 customers/GPOscustomers represented approximately 44%39% of our net sales in fiscal year 2018. 2021.
We have entered into contractual relationships with GPOscertain group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”) that act as agents for their members in negotiatingnegotiate pricing, delivery and other terms. Some customers who are membersterms on behalf of GPOs purchase their products directly from us under the terms negotiated by their GPOs.members. In fiscal year 2018,2021, GPO members accounted for about 26%approximately 19% of our total customer purchases.net sales. GPO members are primarily

comprised of customers in the healthcare, hospitality, education, and government/military industries, as well as restaurant chains.industries.
We believe that a broad array of value-added solutions offered by foodservice distributors makes customers more effective and efficient and can help foodservice distributors profitably grow their businesses. These services require distributors to invest in their capabilities, resulting in a higher cost-to-serve. When customers benefit from product and service solutions, they purchase a more attractive and profitable mix of items and tend to have stronger commercial relationships and loyalty.
2

We believe that the customer types that we target, which include independent restaurants, small and regional chains, and healthcare and hospitality customers, have greater growth prospects and/or benefit from the types of value-added solutions we offer to a greater extent than other customer types.

There are several important dynamics affecting the industry, including:
Evolving consumer tastes and preferences. Consumers demand healthy and authentic food alternativeschoices with fewer artificial ingredients, and they value locally harvestedlocally-harvested and sustainably manufacturedsustainably-manufactured food and packaging products. In addition, many ethnic food offerings are becoming more mainstream as consumers show a greater willingness to try new flavors and cuisines. Changes in consumer preferences create opportunities for new and innovative products and for unique food-away-from-homefood away from home destinations. This, in turn, is expected to create growth, expand margins, and produce better customer retention opportunities for those distributors with the flexibility to balance national scale and local preferences. We believe foodservice distributors will likely need broader product assortments, extended supplier networks, effective supply chain management capabilities, and strong food safety and quality programs to meet these needs.
Generational shifts with millennials and baby boomers. Given their purchasing power and diverse taste profiles, millennials, Generation Z and baby boomers will continue to significantly influence food consumption and the food-away-from-homefood away from home market. According to arecent U.S. Census Bureau survey,statistics, there were 8389 million individuals born between 1982 and 20002002 in the United States. That makes theseU.S., making millennials and Generation Z the largest demographic cohort. Wecohorts. When it comes to food, millennials and Generation Z are open-minded and curious, and willing to seek out new flavors, dining experiences and diverse menu offerings, while also demanding customization, convenience and sustainable products. Independent restaurants are well positioned to capitalize on these preferences. As millennials’ and Generation Z’s disposable income increases, we believe they arethis demographic will be key to driving growth in the broader U.S. food industry as their disposable income increases. Babyindustry. We also expect that baby boomers will continue to shape the industry as they remain in the workplace longer, which is expected to prolong their contribution to food-away-from-homefood away from home expenditures.
Growing importance of e-commerce. technology. We see significant future growth in e-commercebeing driven by the increased utilization of, and in the adoption of mobilereliance on technology solutions by foodservice operators.distributors, customers and diners. E-commerce solutions streamline the purchasing process and increase customer retention. They also deepen the relationship between foodservice distributors and customers, creating newpersonalized insights and services that can make both more efficient. We thinkbelieve foodservice distributors with deeper, technology-enabled relationships with customers willare better able to accelerate thetheir customers’ adoption of new products and increase customer loyalty. As a result, distributors that have invested in creating these capabilities haveloyalty, giving them a competitive edge. Technology is also growing in importance and helping to level the playing field for independent restaurants. Mobile food delivery and social media apps make independent restaurants more competitive with larger restaurant chains, and help this customer type attract more diners at a relatively low cost. We believe this trendthese technology trends will accelerate, as millennials and Generation Z place a greater reliance on technology and become key influencers and decision-makers within the food industry, particularlyincluding at the customer level. WeConsequently, we believe foodservice distributors will need to strengthenwhich are focused on strengthening their technology, data analytics, and related capabilities will be well-positioned to addresscapitalize on these changes.
trends.
We believe that we have the scale, foresight and agility required to proactively address these trends and, in turn, benefit from higher sales growth, greater customer retention, increased private label penetration, and improved profitability.

Since the World Health Organization characterized a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, as a pandemic in March 2020, the pandemic has impacted our industry as further discussed in Item 7 of Part II, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Our Business Strategy
Our GREAT FOOD. MADE EASY.™ strategy is built on a differentiation focus in product assortment, customer experience and innovation. Through this strategy, we also serve our customers as consultants and business partners, bringing our customers personalized solutions and tailoring a suite of innovative products and services to fit each customer’s needs.
The GREAT FOOD portion of our strategy is anchored by leading quality and innovation in produce and center of the plate and other innovative products such as those featured in Scoop™, a program that introduces innovative and on-trend products multiple times a year, helping our customers keep their menus fresh and delivering back-of-house convenience to reduce their labor and food costs. A growing part of our Scoop portfolio is our Serve Good® program. The Serve Good program features more than 500 products that are sustainably-sourced or contribute to waste reduction. Our private brand portfolio is guided by a spirit of innovation and a commitment to delivering superior quality products and value to customers. While we offer products under a spectrum of private brands, and at different price points, all are designed to deliver quality, performance and value to our customers.
MADE EASY is aimed at providing operators reliability and flexibility in our service model supported by tools and resources to support them in running their businesses. This means on-time and complete orders and customer choice via the multi-channel offering we have to serve our customers. These offerings are supported with technology and expertise that make it easier to transact with us and run their businesses. Our mobile technology platform provides customers with a personalized e-commerce ordering experience and easy-to-use business analytics tools. Our portfolio of value-added services helps customers address key pain points like food
3


waste, back-of-house operations and diner traffic. By delivering our products and services through a differentiated team-based selling approach, we provide customers access to a diverse team of experts including chefs, center of the plate and produce specialists and restaurant operations consultants. Approximately 80% of our customers utilize our e-commerce solutions. Customers utilizing these solutions tend to purchase more and have stronger commercial relationships with us.
As noted above, our strategy of making it easier for our customers includes servicing our customers through multiple channels. We have 80 cash and carry locations to provide more customers with a retail option in between deliveries and to cost effectively serve more price-conscious and smaller customers. The cash and carry offering was significantly enhanced by our acquisition in 2020 of Smart Foodservice (as described below). In addition, US Foods Direct™, an online ordering platform, more than doubles our product assortment and provides customers with access to thousands of specialty products which ship directly to them from the supplier. More recently, we expanded our US Foods Pronto™ service in select markets to let restaurant operators receive smaller orders more frequently. All of these channels provide our customers options to shop their way.
We believe our GREAT FOOD. MADE EASY.™ strategy will enable us to reach more customers and create deeper relationships with existing ones, particularly within our target customer types—independent restaurants, healthcare, and hospitality—and drive increased penetration of our private brand products. Further, we believe this strategy positions us to make the most of the continued growth in food away from home consumption and consumer preferences for innovative, on-trend flavors. As an enabler of this strategy, we have invested in embedding continuous improvement in our operations to increase consistency and efficiency and to engage employees in improving our day-to-day processes.
Acquisitions have also historically played an important role in supporting the execution of our growth strategy. In September 2019, we completed the acquisition of five foodservice companies (the “Food Group”) from Services Group of America, Inc.: Food Services of America, Inc., Systems Services of America, Inc., Amerifresh, Inc., Ameristar Meats, Inc. and GAMPAC Express, Inc. for $1.8 billion. The acquisition of the Food Group expanded the Company’s network in the West and Northwest parts of the U.S. On April 24, 2020, USF completed the acquisition of Smart Stores Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Smart Foodservice”), from funds managed by affiliates of Apollo Global Management, Inc. for $972 million. Smart Foodservice, a company that operated 70 small-format cash and carry stores across California, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah and Washington that serve small and mid-sized restaurants and other food business customers with a broad assortment of products.
Integrating the Food Group and Smart Foodservice and realizing synergies from the acquisitions are key priorities for the Company. Following the completion of these acquisitions, we have prioritized deleveraging our balance sheet, however we may selectively pursue acquisition opportunities in the future if they are aligned with and enhance our strategic priorities.
Products Brands, and Other Intellectual PropertyBrands
We have a broad assortment of product categoriesproducts and brands designed to meet customers’ needs. In many categories, we offer products under a spectrum of private brands based on price and quality.

quality covering a range of values and qualities.
The table below presents the sales mix for our principal product categories for the 2018, 2017fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2016 fiscal years.2019.
Fiscal Years
202120202019
(in millions)
Meats and seafood$11,245 $8,131 $9,313 
Dry grocery products4,979 3,931 4,427 
Refrigerated and frozen grocery products4,453 3,583 4,253 
Dairy2,801 2,394 2,685 
Equipment, disposables and supplies3,090 2,455 2,483 
Beverage products1,465 1,186 1,403 
Produce1,454 1,205 1,375 
Total Net sales$29,487 $22,885 $25,939 
 Fiscal Years
 2018 2017 2016
 (in millions)
Meats and seafood$8,635
 $8,692
 $8,121
Dry grocery products4,239
 4,266
 4,127
Refrigerated and frozen grocery products3,898
 3,799
 3,653
Dairy2,520
 2,533
 2,380
Equipment, disposables and supplies2,298
 2,243
 2,166
Beverage products1,315
 1,306
 1,268
Produce1,270
 1,308
 1,204
 $24,175
 $24,147
 $22,919
We have registered the trademarks US Foods®, Food Fanatics®, and Chef’StoreCHEF’STORE® in connection with as part of our overall US Foods brand strategy and our retail outlets. We have also registered or applied for trademark protection in the U.S. for our private brands. These trademarks and our private brands are widely recognized within the following brandsU.S. foodservice industry. Our U.S. trademarks are effective as long as they are in our brand portfolio:

Our Best-Quality Brands – Distinction and Superior Taste
                   • Chef’s Line®
           • Rykoff Sexton®
                   • Metro Deli®
           • Stock Yards®

Brands You Can Trust for Quality, Performance and Value
• Cattleman’s Selection®
• Harbor Banks®
• Monogram®
• Rituals®
• Cross Valley Farms®
• Hilltop Hearth®
• Monogram® Clean Force®
• Roseli®
• Devonshire®
• Molly’s Kitchen®
• Optimax®
• Superior®
• del Pasado™
• Monarch®
• Pacific Jade®
• Thirster®
• Glenview Farms®
• Harvest Value®
• Patuxent Farms®
• Valu+Plus®
Other than these trademarks, weuse and their registrations are properly maintained. We do not believehave any patents or licenses that intellectual property isare material to our business.
4


Suppliers
We purchase from approximately 5,0006,000 individual suppliers, none of which accounted for more than 5% of our aggregate purchases in fiscal year 2018.2021. Our suppliers generally are large corporations selling national brand name and private brand products. Additionally, regional and local suppliers support targeted geographic initiatives and private label programs requiring regional and local distribution. We generally negotiate supplier agreements on a centralized basis.
Seasonality
Our business does not fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and, as a result, is not considered seasonal.

Working Capital
Our operations and strategic objectives require continuing capital investment, and our resources include cash provided by operations, as well as access to capital from bank borrowings and other types of debt and financing arrangements. See discussion in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding our liquidity and capital resources.
Government Regulation
As a marketer and distributor of food products, in the U.S., US Foods must comply withwe are subject to various laws and regulations from certain U.S. federal, state and local regulatory agencies.regulations. A summary of some of these laws and regulations is provided below.
Food Handling and Processing
We are subject to various U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the manufacturing, handling, storage, transportation, sale and labeling of food products, including the applicable provisions of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, Bioterrorism Act, Food Safety Modernization Act, (“FSMA”), Federal Meat Inspection Act, Poultry Products Inspection Act, Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, Country of Origin Labeling Act, and regulations issued by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”).
Our distribution facilities must be registered with the FDA biennially and are subject to periodic government agency inspections by federal and/or state authorities. We have a small number of processing facilities for somecertain meat, poultry, seafood and produce products. These units are registered and inspected by the USDA (with respect to meat and poultry) and the FDA (with respect to produce and seafood). as applicable.
We also distribute a variety of non-food products, such as food containers, kitchen equipment and cleaning materials, and are subject to various U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the storage, transportation, distribution, sale and labeling of those non-food products, including requirements to provide information about the hazards of certain chemicals present in some of the products we distribute.
Our customers include several departments of the U.S. federal government, as well as certain state and local governmental entities. These customer relationships subject us to additional regulations that are applicable to government contractors. For example, as a U.S. federal government contractor, we are subject to audit by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs.
Employment
The U.S. Department of Labor and its agencies, the Employee Benefits Security Administration, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”), and the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, regulate our employment practices and standards for workers. We are also subject to laws that prohibit discrimination in employment based on non-merit categories, including Title VII of the Civil Rights Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act, and other laws relating to accessibility and the removal of barriers.accessibility. Our workers’ compensation self-insurance is subject to regulation by the jurisdictions in which we operate.
Our facilities are subject to inspections under the Occupational Safety and Health Act with respectrelated to our compliance with certain manufacturing, health and safety standards to protect our employees from accidents. We are also subject to the National Labor Relations Act, which governs the process for collective bargaining between employers and employees and protects the rights of both employers and employees in the workplace.
Trade
For the purchase of products produced, harvested or manufactured outside of the U.S., and for the shipment of products to customers located outside of the U.S., we are subject to certain reporting requirements and applicable customs laws regarding the import and export of various products. Certain activities, including working with customs brokers and freight forwarders, are subject to applicable regulation by U.S. Customs and Border Protection, which is part of the Department of Homeland Security.


Ground Transportation
The U.S. Department of Transportation and its agencies, the Surface Transportation Board, the Federal Highway Administration, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, and the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, regulate our truckingfleet operations through the regulation of operations, safety, insurance and hazardous materials. We must comply with the safety and fitness regulations promulgated by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, including those relating to drug and alcohol testing and hours of service.service for our drivers. Matters such as weight and dimension of equipment also fall under U.S. federal and state regulations.
5


Environmental
Our operations are also subject to a broad range of U.S. federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations, as well as zoning and building regulations. Environmental laws and regulations cover a variety of procedures, including appropriately managing wastewater and stormwater; complying with clean air laws, including those governing vehicle emissions; properly handling and disposing of solid and hazardous wastes; protecting against and appropriately investigating and remediating spills and releases; and monitoring and maintaining underground and aboveground storage tanks for diesel fuel and other petroleum products.
Anticorruption
Because we are organized under the laws of a state in the U.S.State of Delaware and our principal place of business is in the U.S., we are considered a “domestic concern” under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and are covered by theits anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA. The anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA prohibit any domestic concern and any officer, director, employee, or agent acting on behalf of the domestic concern from paying or authorizing payment of anything of value to: (i) influence any act or decision by a foreign official; (ii) induce a foreign official to do or omit to do any act in violation of his/her lawful duty; (iii) secure any improper advantage; or (iv) induce a foreign official to use his/her influence to assist the payor in obtaining or retaining business or directing business to another person.provisions.
Human Capital Management
Employees
As of December 29, 2018,January 1, 2022, we hademployed a total of approximately 25,000 employees,28,000 associates. Of these:
substantially all were employed in the United States and on a full-time basis;
approximately 70% of which our associates were non-exempt, or paid on an hourly basis;
approximately 24,800 were full-time employees. Approximately 4,400 employees5,900 of our associates were members of local unions associated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and other labor organizations. Approximately one-thirdorganizations; and
approximately 86% of our associates were working in “field” based roles within our broadline distribution, retail operations and broadline support business production facilities, with the remaining 14% working in shared service or corporate roles.
Collective Bargaining Agreements
As of January 1, 2022, we were party to 51 collective bargaining agreements (“CBAs”) covering 5,900, or 21%, of our associates working at 29 (or 41%) of our distribution facilities, have employees represented by unions with collective bargaining agreements (“CBAs”).
4 of our broadline support business production facilities and 23 of our cash and carry locations. During fiscal year 2018, 112021, 14 CBAs covering approximately 900 employees1,800 union associates were renegotiated. During fiscal 2019, 15year 2022, 13 CBAs covering approximately 1,400 employees1,200 union associates will be subject to renegotiation. While we have experienced work stoppages from time to time in the past, we generally believe we have good relations with both our union and non-union employees,associates, and we believe we arestrive to be a well-regarded employer in the communities in which we operate.

Compensation and Benefits
We strive to make a positive difference in the lives of our associates. We are committed to compensation and benefits that respect and reward our associates for their dedication and hard work. All of our exempt associates participate in our incentive plans, which provides eligible associates with cash bonus opportunities based upon the Company’s achievement of financial and other key performance metrics. Under our long-term incentive plan, we grant equity compensation awards, such as stock options, restricted stock units and performance awards, which vest over a period of time, to eligible associates in order to attract and retain key personnel, strengthen their commitment to the welfare of the Company and align their interests with those of our stockholders. Additionally, our comprehensive health and welfare benefits program provides our associates with a variety of medical and dental plans, plus voluntary benefits like vision or critical illness protection. We also offer innovative, no-cost wellness programs, paid time off programs including a paid parental leave policy, an employee assistance program, an employee stock purchase plan, a 401(k) savings plan, and a tuition reimbursement program.
Recruiting, Training and Development
Our ability to attract, develop and retain high-performing associates is crucial to our success, from building trusting relationships with our customers to timely and accurately preparing and delivering orders. In 2021, in response to the challenging job market, we initiated a program to train interested warehouse associates to become commercial driver’s license (“CDL”) Class A delivery drivers. Additionally, through training, mentoring, e-learning and on-the-job development, we help associates at all levels learn and grow, while building a pipeline of diverse talent. Our signature leadership development programs include Gateway to Leadership, Aspire to Grow and Aspire to Lead, which are focused on developing a diverse cohort of leaders in our Company. Our Leadership Foundations program provides training to sales managers, and supervisors and managers in our supply chain organization, and is designed to strengthen leadership capabilities and provide networking opportunities with other leaders across our organization. In addition, we provide training and development programs that enable new associates to be safe and productive including: Sales Readiness, which gives new selling associates tools, resources and peer networking opportunities to help them succeed, and Selector Onboarding, which trains our warehouse selectors on safety, accuracy and performance standards.
6


Diversity and Inclusion
As a company, we are committed to building a diverse and inclusive workforce and hiring the best talent that reflects the customers and communities we serve. We believe our success relies upon a diverse and dynamic workplace built upon our Cultural Beliefs, which define how we live and create an equitable environment where all our associates can grow and thrive. Our diversity and inclusion strategy consists of three strategic focuses:
Creating a more inclusive work environment where everyone feels safe and valued and their voices matter;
Increasing the diversity of our workforce and leaders by investing in programs to build a diverse talent pipeline and accelerate the development of diverse associates; and
Supporting diverse communities and businesses by enhancing our outreach and sharing who we are and what we stand for.
We continue to cultivate a culture of inclusion through training programs for our leaders and associates and by sponsoring nine Employee Resource Groups (“ERGs”): ADAPT - Ability and Disability Allies Partnering Together; BRIDGE - Black Resource for Inclusion, Diversity, Growth and Empowerment; Collective Asian Network; HOLA - Hispanic Organization for Leadership and Advancement; LINK-UP – Linking Information, Networks and Knowledge; Multigenerational Empowerment Resource Group for Employees; Pride Alliance; Those Who Serve - Military ERG; and Women in Network. These associate-led groups strengthen networking among colleagues and further personal and professional development. Ongoing listening sessions between the ERGs and our executive leadership team allow for open dialogue and the identification of new opportunities to bolster our diversity and inclusion strategy and strengthen associate engagement.
Health and Safety
We are committed to continuously driving an enhanced safety culture built on education, awareness and associate engagement. Our Get Home Safe campaign, directed at drivers and operations personnel, outlines actions aimed at reducing risks and improving safety routines. In our facilities, our safety performance teams receive annual training and are focused on improving safety engagement and performance throughout our operations. Our Driver Safety Program has been implemented across all markets to train our drivers on transportation safety. We utilize technology to improve driver safety from distracted driver alerts to collision mitigation technology.
During fiscal years 2020 and 2021, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented, and continue to maintain, protocols and enhanced safety measures to protect the health and safety of our associates and customers. During 2021, we partnered with third-party providers to host more than 90 on-site COVID-19 vaccination clinics for associates and their family members, supporting thousands of associates in becoming vaccinated. We continue to proactively monitor guidance and requirements from the Centers for Disease Control (“CDC”), OSHA and various other federal, state and local authorities and public health agencies and adjust our protocols and safety measures as appropriate to help mitigate the impact of the pandemic on our associates and customers.
Information about our Executive Officers

The section below provides information regarding our executive officers as of February 17, 2022:
NameAgePosition
Pietro Satriano5659Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Dirk J. Locascio4649Chief Financial Officer
Kristin M. Coleman5053Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer
Steven M. Guberman5457Executive Vice President, Nationally Managed Business
Andrew IacobucciWilliam S. Hancock5242Chief Merchandising Officer and InterimExecutive Vice President, Chief Supply Chain Officer
Andrew E. Iacobucci55Chief Commercial Officer
Jay A. Kvasnicka5154Executive Vice President, Locally Managed Business and Field Operations
David A. Rickard4851Executive Vice President, Strategy, Insights and Revenue ManagementFinancial Planning
Keith D. RohlandJohn A. Tonnison5153Executive Vice President, Chief Information and Digital Officer
David Works5154Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer


Mr. Satriano has served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of US Foods since July 2015. In December 2017, Mr. Satriano was elected2015 and served as Chairman of the Board of Directors.from December 2017 through February 2022. From February 2011 untilto July 2015, Mr. Satriano served as our Chief Merchandising Officer. Prior to joining US Foods, Mr. Satriano was President of LoyaltyOne Co.,Canada, a Canadian provider of loyalty marketing and programs, from 2009 to 2011. From 2002 to 2008, he served in a number of leadership positions at Loblaw Companies Limited, a Canadian grocery retailer and wholesale food retailer,distributor, including Executive Vice President, Loblaw Brands, and Executive Vice President, Food Segment. Mr. Satriano began his career in strategy consulting, first in Toronto, Canada with The BostonCanada Consulting Group and then in Milan, Italy with the Monitor Company. Mr. Satriano currently serves on the board of directors of CarMax, Inc.
7


Mr. Locascio has served as Chief Financial Officer since February 2017. Mr. Locascio served the Company as Senior Vice President, Financial Accounting and Analysis from November 2016 to February 2017, Senior Vice President, Operations Finance and Financial Planning from May 2015 to November 2016, and Senior Vice President, Financial Planning and Analysis from May 2013 to May 2015. Mr. Locascio joined US Foods in June 2009 as Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller. Prior to joining US Foods, Mr. Locascio held senior finance roles with United Airlines, a global airline, and Arthur Andersen LLP, a public accounting firm.
Ms. Coleman has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer since February 2017. Ms. Coleman joinedPrior to joining US Foods, from Sears Holdings Corporation, a retailer, where sheMs. Coleman served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary after joiningof Sears Holdings Corporation, a retailer, beginning in July 2014. Prior to joining Sears, she served as the Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Brunswick Corporation, a manufacturing company, from May 2009 to July 2014. Before moving in-house, she worked in private practice with Sidley Austin LLP.
Mr. Guberman has served as Executive Vice President, Nationally Managed Business since August 2016 and2016. Mr. Guberman served the Company as Chief Merchandising Officer from July 2015 to January 2017. Mr. Guberman served the Company as2017, Senior Vice President, Merchandising and Marketing Operations from January 2012 to July 2015 and as Division President from August 2004 throughto December 2012.2011. Mr. Guberman joined US Foods in 1991, originally as part of its acquisition of Kraft/Alliant Foodservice in 2001.Foodservice.
Mr. IacobucciHancock has served as Chief Merchandising Officer since January 2017 and InterimExecutive Vice President, Chief Supply Chain Officer since November 2020. Prior to joining US Foods, Mr. Hancock served as Senior Vice President of Supply Chain Operations of American Tire Distributors from November 2017 to October 2020, and was responsible for the oversight of 115 distribution facilities across America and a fleet of vehicles accountable for last-mile delivery to customers. Prior to joining American Tire Distributors, he served as Vice President of Global Supply Chain Operations for Target, where he spent 14 years, from 2003 to 2017, in various supply chain roles with the company.
Mr. Iacobucci has served as Chief Commercial Officer since February 2021. He served the Company as Chief Merchandising Officer from January 2019.2017 to February 2021. Prior to joining US Foods, Mr. Iacobucci served as Executive Vice President, Merchandising forof Ahold USA, Inc., a food retailer, from April 2016 to January 2017. Prior to joining Ahold, he served from February 2012 to November 2015 in several senior roles at Loblaw Companies Limited, a Canadian grocery retailer and wholesale food retailer,distributor, including President, Discount Division.
Mr. Kvasnicka has served as Executive Vice President, Field Operations since February 2021. He served the Company as Interim Chief Supply Chain Officer from October 2019 through March 2021, Executive Vice President, Locally Managed Business and Field Operations since August 2015 andfrom September 2016 to February 2021, Executive Vice President, Field Operations sinceLocally Managed Sales from August 2015 to September 2016. Mr. Kvasnicka served the Company as2016, Region President from April 2013 to July 2015 and Division President from October 2011 to March 2013. Mr. Kvasnicka served the Company as Vice President of Sales for the Stock Yards division, President of the Stock Yards division and in various other roles between 2005 and 2011. He was Vice President of Sales for the Minneapolis Division from 2003 to 2005. Mr. Kvasnicka joined US Foods in 1995, originally as a part of its acquisition of Alliant Foodservice in 2001.Foodservice.

Mr. Rickard has served as Executive Vice President, Strategy, Insights and Financial Planning since February 2019. Mr. Rickard served the Company as Executive Vice President, Strategy and Revenue Management sincefrom November 2015.2015 to February 2019. Prior to joining US Foods, Mr. Rickard served from March 2014 to November 2015 as Vice President atof Uline Corporation, a distributor of shipping, industrial, and packing materials, and was responsible for identifying, leading and implementing improvement initiatives across all aspects of the organization. From September 1997 to March 2014, Mr. Rickard was a Partner and Managing Director at the Boston Consulting Group, a consulting firm. Mr. Rickard began his career with Charles River Associates, an economic consulting firm.
Mr. RohlandTonnison has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Information and Digital Officer since April 2011.July 2021. Prior to joining US Foods, Mr. RohlandTonnison served in several leadership positions at Citigroup, Inc., an investment bankas Executive Vice President and financial services provider, from March 2007 until April 2011, including Managing Director of Risk and Program Management. Prior to joining Citigroup, Mr. Rohland was Chief Information Officer at Tech Data Corporation, a Fortune 100 global distributor of business and consumer technologies, where he was responsible for Volvo Car Corporation of Sweden, an automaker, from November 2005 to March 2007the company’s global innovation strategy, information digital capabilities and operations. Before his nearly 20-year tenure with Tech Data, Mr. Tonnison held a number of leadershipexecutive management positions at Ford Motor Company, also an automaker, from November 2003 to November 2005.with Computer 2000, Technology Solutions Network and Mancos Computers.
Mr. Works has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer since February 2018. Prior to joining US Foods, Mr. Works joined US Foods fromserved as Chief Human Resources Officer of Hackensack Meridian Health, an integrated health care network, where he served as Chief Human Resources Officer after joiningbeginning in July 2017. Prior to joining Hackensack, he served as President - Enterprise of Windstream Holdings, Inc., a voice and data communications provider, from December 2014 to August 2016, Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of Windstream from February 2012 to December 2014, and Senior Vice President and President, Talent and Human Capital Services of Sears Holdings Corporation, a retailer, from September 2009 to January 2012.
8
Our


Website and Availability of Information

Our corporate website is located at www.usfoods.com. We file annual, quarterly and specialcurrent reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Our filings with the SEC are available to the public on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Those filings are also available to the public on, or accessible through, our corporate website for free via the “Investors” section at https://ir.usfoods.com/investors. The information contained on or accessible through our corporate website or any other website that we may maintain is not incorporated by reference into and is not part of this Annual Report.

9


Item 1A.Risk Factors
Item 1A.     Risk Factors
We are subject to many risks and uncertainties. Some of these risks and uncertainties, including those described below, may cause our business, financial position,condition and results of operations and cash flows to vary, and they may materially or adversely affect our financial performance. The risks and uncertainties described below in this Annual Report are not the only ones we face. Other risks and uncertainties, which are not currently known to us or which we currently believe are immaterial, may also materially or adversely affect our business, financial position,condition and results of operations and cash flows.operations.
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
An economic downturn, public health crisis, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and/or other factors affecting consumer spending and confidence, may reduce the amount of food prepared away from home, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The U.S. foodservice distribution industry is sensitive to national, regional and local economic conditions. An uneven level of general U.S. economic activity, uncertainty in the financial markets, inflation, and supply chain disruptions could have a negative impact on consumer confidence and discretionary spending. A decline in economic activity or the frequency and amount spent by consumers for food prepared away from home, as well as other macroenvironmental factors that could decrease general consumer confidence (including volatile financial markets or an uncertain political environment), may negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The global COVID-19 pandemic and its significant effect on the economy have impacted and is expected to continue to impact many of our customers, consumers and suppliers. Widespread adoption of social distancing, masking and testing measures and public concerns about the risks associated with COVID-19 infection have resulted in substantial disruption to many of our customers’ operations (including the limitation of dining options and the temporary (and, in some cases, permanent) closure of many restaurant, hospitality and education customers’ locations) which resulted in a significant reduction in the demand for our products and services. Sustained disruption in our customers’ operations and reduced consumer spending on food prepared away from home as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic has had, and may continue to have, a significant negative effect on our customers’ financial condition and, as a result, has adversely impacted, and may continue to adversely impact, our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We do not expect a full recovery for our business and the U.S. foodservice industry until consumers are once again willing and able to resume consumption of food away from home, travel and attend sporting, entertainment and other events on a regular basis. We may continue to face challenges as the recovery continues, such as constraints on the availability of product supply, increased product and logistics costs, labor shortages, and shifts in the buying patterns of our customers. General economic conditions, such as inflation, supply chain disruptions, labor shortages and uncertainty regarding when the COVID-19 pandemic will abate, have had, and are expected to continue to have, a negative impact on consumer confidence and discretionary spending which will likely slow the recovery of the U.S. foodservice industry. Multiple factors could negatively impact the timing and extent of the industry’s recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic including the rate of vaccine adoption, the prevalence and impact of COVID-19 variants (and the continued effectiveness of the vaccines against those variants) and the duration and implications of continued restrictions and safety measures. If the restaurant and/or hospitality industry is fundamentally changed by the COVID-19 pandemic in ways that are detrimental to us, our business may continue to be adversely affected even as the broader economy continues to recover.
To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects the business and financial results of our Company and our customers, it may also have the effect of amplifying many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.
The COVID-19 pandemic could have a significant negative impact on our liquidity position.
Sustained disruption in our customers’ operations as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant negative effect on our customers’ financial condition and could result in deterioration in the collectability of our existing accounts receivable and a decrease in the generation of new accounts receivable, which could adversely affect our cash flows and results of operations and require an increased level of working capital. In addition, our ability to borrow under our asset based senior secured revolving credit facility (the “ABL Facility”) is subject to a borrowing base limitation that is based on certain criteria, including the amount and collectability of new accounts receivable. Thus, a decline in the amount and collectability of our accounts receivable not only adversely affects our cash flows and results of operations, but also reduces our access to additional liquidity due its negative impact on the borrowing base of the ABL Facility. Furthermore, the negative impact that the COVID-19 pandemic may have on our Adjusted EBITDA could constrain our future ability to incur additional indebtedness under the incurrence “baskets” of our debt agreements that are based on a leverage ratio or coverage ratio calculation.
In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic has previously adversely affected, and in the future may again adversely affect, the availability of liquidity generally in the credit markets, and there can be no guarantee that additional liquidity will be readily available or available on favorable terms, especially the longer the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic lasts.
10


We believe that the combination of cash on hand and cash generated from operations, together with borrowing capacity under the agreements governing our indebtedness and other financing arrangements, will be adequate to permit us to meet our debt service obligations, ongoing costs of operations, working capital needs, and capital expenditure requirements for the next 12 months. We cannot, however, assure you that this will be the case. Any future significant reduction to our liquidity position caused by the COVID-19 pandemic could impair our ability to service our outstanding indebtedness and pay our other payables as they become due.
Our business is a low-margin business, and our profitability is directly affected by cost deflation or inflation, commodity volatility and other factors.
The U.S. foodservice distribution industry is characterized by relatively high inventory turnover with relatively low profit margins. Volatile commodity costs have a direct impact on our industry. We make a significant portion of our sales at prices that are based on the cost of products we sell, plus a margin percentage or markup. As a result, our profit levels may be negatively affected during periods of product cost deflation, even though our gross profit percentage may remain relatively constant. Prolonged periods of product cost inflation, or periods of rapid inflation, also may negatively impact our business as a result of decreased discretionary consumer spending. Such inflation may also reduce our profit margins and earnings if there is a lag between when costs increase and when we are able to pass it along to customers or if product cost increases cannot be passed on to customers because they resist paying higher prices. In addition, periods of rapid inflation may have a negative effect on our business. There may be a lag between the time of the price increase and the time at which we are able to pass it along to customers, as well as the impact it may have on discretionary spending by consumers.
Competition in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully.
The U.S. foodservice distribution industry is highly competitive. Foodservicecompetitive, with national, multi-regional, regional and local distributors with a national footprint have great financial and other resources. Furthermore, there are a large number ofspecialty competitors. Regional and local and regional distributors. These companies oftenmay align themselves with other smaller distributors through purchasing cooperatives and marketing groups. Thegroups, with the goal is to enhanceof enhancing their geographic reach, private label offerings, overall purchasing power, cost efficiencies, and ability to meet customer distribution requirements. These distributors may also rely on local presence as a source of competitive advantage, and they may have a lower costscost to serve and other competitive advantages due to geographic proximity. Additionally, adjacent competition, such as other cash-and-carry operations, commercial wholesale outlets, club storeswarehouse clubs and grocery stores, continue to serve the commercial foodservice market. We also experience competition from online direct food wholesalers.wholesalers and retailers. We generally do not have exclusive servicedistribution agreements with our customers, and they may switch to other suppliersdistributors that offer lower prices or differentiated products or customer service. The cost of switching suppliersdistributors is very low, as are the barriers to entry into the U.S. foodservice distribution industry. We believe most purchasing decisions in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry are based on the type, quality and price of the product plusand a distributor’s ability to completely and accurately fill orders and provide timely deliveries. Disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and related labor shortages that impact our ability to completely and accurately fill orders and provide timely deliveries of quality products at competitive prices have had, and may continue to have, a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Increased competition has caused the U.S. foodservice distribution industry to change as distributors seek to lower costs, further increasing pressure on the industry’s profit margins. Heightened competition amongThe continuing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic may further increase those competitive pressures including as a result of constraints on product availability from our suppliers, significantdisruptions to timely and cost effective shipments from our suppliers due to labor shortages, supply chain disruptions, increased freight demand and/or tightened truckload capacity, new pricing initiatives and discount programs established by competitors, new entrants, and trends toward consolidation and vertical integration, could create additionaland increased customer cost consciousness. Any or all of these competitive pressures that reduce margins and adverselymay continue to affect us during the recovery of the U.S. foodservice distribution industry from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. To the extent we are not able to compete successfully, our business, financial condition, and results of operations.operations may be adversely affected.
We rely on third party suppliers, and our business may be affected by interruption of supplies or increases in product costs.
We obtain most of our foodservice and related products from third party suppliers. We typically do not have long-term contracts with suppliers. Although our purchasing volume can provide leveragean advantage when dealing with suppliers, suppliers may not provide the foodservice products and supplies we need in the quantities and at the time and prices requested. We do not control the actual production of most of the products we sell. This means we are also subject to delays caused by interruption in production and increases in product costs based on actions and conditions outside our control.control including the continuing challenges experienced during the COVID-19 pandemic. These actions and conditions include changes in supplier pricing practices (including promotional allowances); labor shortages, work slowdowns, work interruptions, strikes or other job actions by employees of suppliers; government shutdowns; severe weather;weather and climate conditions; crop conditions; product or raw material scarcity; water shortages; outbreak of food-borne illnesses; product recalls; transportation interruptions; unavailability of fuel or increases in fuel costs; competitive demands; impact of climate change; and natural disasters, pandemics, such as COVID-19, terrorist attacks or other catastrophic events (including, but not limited to, the outbreak of food-borne illnesses in the United States).events. Our inability to obtain

adequate supplies of foodservice and related products because of any of these or other factors could mean that we could not fulfill our obligations to our customers and, as a result, our customers may turn to other distributors.
11


Our relationships with our customers and GPOs may be materially diminished, terminated or otherwise changed, which could reducemay adversely affect our profitability.business, financial condition and results of operations.
Most of our customers buy from us pursuant to individual purchase orders, and we often do not enter into long-term agreements with these customers. Because these customers are not contractually obligated to continue purchasing products from us, we cannot be assured that the volume and/or number of our customers’ purchase orders will remain consistent or increase or that we will be able to maintain our existing customer base.
Further, some of our customers purchase their products under arrangements with GPOs. GPOs act as agents on behalf of their members by negotiating pricing, delivery, and other terms with us. Our customers who are members of GPOs purchase products directly from us on the terms negotiated by their GPO. GPOs use the combined purchasing power of their members to negotiate more favorable prices than their members would typically be able to negotiate on their own, and we have experienced some pricing pressure from customers whichthat associate themselves with a GPO. While no single customer represented more than 3%2% of our total net sales in fiscal year 2018,2021, approximately 26%19% of our net sales in fiscal year 20182021 were made to customers under terms negotiated by GPOs (including approximately 13%11% of our net sales in fiscal year 20182021 that were made to customers that are members of one GPO). If an independent restaurant customer which becomes a member of a GPO that has a contract with us, we may be forced to lower our prices to that customer, which would negatively impact our operating margin. In addition, if we are unable to maintain our relationships with GPOs, or if GPOs are able to negotiate more favorable terms for their members with our competitors, we could lose some or all of that business.
Market competition, customer requirements, customer financial condition and customer consolidation through mergers and acquisitions also could adversely affect our ability to continue or expand our relationships with customers and GPOs. There is no guarantee that we will be able to retain or renew existing agreements, maintain relationships with any of our customers or GPOs on acceptable terms or at all or collect amounts owed to us from insolvent customers. For example, in fiscal year 2021, customers in the hospitality industry who were members of GPOs with which we have contracted significantly reduced their purchases as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and we do not expect them to significantly increase their purchases until the hospitality industry recovers from the current environment. Our customer and GPO agreements are generally terminable upon advance written notice (typically ranging from 30 days to six6 months) by either us or the customer or GPO, which provides our customers and GPOs with the opportunity to renegotiate their contracts with us or to award more business to our competitors.
Significant decreases in the volumenumber and/or numbersize of our customers’ purchase orders, or the loss of one or more of our major customers or GPOs or our inability to grow to our current customer base could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If weWe may fail to increase or maintain the highest margin portions of our business, including sales to independent restaurant customers and sales of our profitability may suffer.private label products.
Our most profitable customers are independent restaurants. We tend to work closely with theseindependent restaurant customers, providing them access to our customer value addedvalue-added tools, and as a result are able to earn a higher operating margin on sales to them. These customers are also more likely to purchase our private label products, which are our most profitable products. Our ability to continue to gain market share of independent restaurant customers is critical to achieving increased operating profits. Changes in the buying practices of independent restaurant customers, including their ability to require us to sell to them at discounted rates, or decreases in our sales to this type of customer or a decrease in the sales of our private label products could have a material negative impact on our profitability.
We may fail to effectively integrate the businesses we acquire.
Historically, The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a portionsubstantial disruption in many of our growth has come through acquisitions. In July 2018, we announced that we agreedindependent restaurant customers’ operations (including, reduced seating capacity, inability to acquire the SGA Food Group Companies for $1.8 billionseat customers indoors, labor shortages, wage inflation, reduced hours of operations, and temporary restaurant closures) and, in cash, the closingsome cases, permanent closures of which remains subject to receiptrestaurants. Loss of required regulatory approvals and other customary conditions. To fundbusiness as a substantial portionresult of the consideration, we entered intoCOVID-19 pandemic and its negative economic impact has changed the buying practices of our independent restaurant customers and may also result in additional permanent closures of restaurants, which could have a commitment letter with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (collectively, the “Committed Parties”) under which the Committed Parties committed to provide us with a $1.5 billion senior secured term loan facility.
If we are unable to integrate acquired businesses successfully or realize anticipated synergies in a timely manner, we may not realizenegative impact on our projected return on investment and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. Integrating acquired businesses may be more difficult in a region or market where we have limited expertise. A significant expansion of our business and operations, in terms of geography or magnitude, could strain our administrative and/or operational resources. Significant acquisitions may also require incurring additional debt.

This could increase our interest expense and make it difficult for us to obtain financing for other significant acquisitions or capital investments in the future.operations.
We may be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect from our cost savings initiatives.
We may not be able to realize some or all of our expected cost savings. A variety of factors, including the COVID-19 pandemic, could cause us not to realize some of the expected cost savings, including, among others, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to our cost savings initiatives, lack of sustainability in cost savings over time, and unexpected costs associated with operating our business. All of these factors could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operationsoperations.
Fuel costs fluctuate, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and financial condition.results of operations.
Significant increases in fuelHigher costs could hurt our business.
The high cost of fuel canmay negatively affect consumer confidence and discretionary spending. This may reduce the frequency and amount spent by consumers for food prepared away from home. The high costIn addition, higher costs of fuel may also increase the price we pay for products as well asand the costs we incur to deliver products to our customers. These factors may, in turn, negatively affectWe require significant quantities of fuel for our sales, margins, operating expenses,vehicle fleet, and operating results.
12


the price and supply of fuel are unpredictable and fluctuate based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, regional production patterns, weather conditions and environmental concerns. Although, from time to time, we enter into forward purchase commitments for some of our fuel requirements at prices equal to the then-current market price, these forward purchases may prove ineffective andin protecting us from changes in fuel prices or even result in us paying higher than market costs for part of our fuel.
An economic downturn, or other factors affecting consumer confidence, could reduce the amount of food prepared and consumed away from home, which could harm our business.
The U.S. foodservice distribution industry There is sensitiveno guarantee that we will be able to national, regional and local economic conditions. In the past, an uneven level of general U.S. economic activity, uncertaintypass along increased fuel costs to customers in the financial markets,future. These factors may, in turn, adversely affect our sales, margins, operating expenses, and slow job growth had a negative impact on consumer confidence and discretionary spending. A decline in economic activity or the frequency and amount spent by consumers for food prepared away from home, as well as other macroenvironmental factors which could decrease general consumer confidence (including volatile financial markets or an uncertain political environment), may could negatively impact our business and results of operations.operating results.
Changes in consumer eating habits could materially and adversely affectmay reduce demand for our business and results of operations.products.
Changes in consumer eating habits (such as a decline in consuming food away from home, a decline in portion sizes, or a shift in preferences toward restaurants that are not our customers) could reduce demand for our products and adversely affect our business and results of operations.products. Consumer eating habits could be affected by a number of factors, including changes in attitudes regarding diet and health or new information regarding the health effects of consuming certain foods. There is a growing consumer preference for sustainable, organic and locally grown products. Changing consumer eating habits also occur due to generational shifts. Millennials, the largest demographic group in the U.S. in terms of spend, generally seek new and different, as well as more ethnic and diverse, menu options and menu innovation. Millennials also generally value diversity. If consumer eating habits change significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue sales of certain items in our product portfolio, and we may experience higher costs associated with the implementation of those changes. Changing consumer eating habits may reduce the frequency with which consumers purchase meals outside of the home. Additionally, changes in consumer eating habits may result in the enactment or amendment of laws and regulations that impact the ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, or laws and regulations requiring us to make additional disclosure regarding the nutritional content of our food products. Compliance with these and other laws and regulations as well as others regarding the ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, may be costly and time-consuming. If we are not able to effectively adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits or respond to changes in consumer health perceptions or resulting new laws orand regulations, or to adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.be adversely affected.
Any negative media exposureIn addition, actions taken by national, state and local governments to contain the COVID-19 pandemic, such as travel restrictions or bans, social distancing requirements, restaurant seating capacity limitations, and required closures of non-essential businesses caused a significant decline in consumers’ consumption of food away from home. Even when the aforementioned restrictions were eased, public perceptions of the risks associated with COVID-19 and its variants caused and could continue to cause some consumers to continue to avoid or limit gatherings in restaurants and other public places and reduce or eliminate business or personal travel, each of which could continue to impact our restaurant and hospitality customers and reduce demand for our products. As a result, we do not expect a full recovery for our business and the U.S. foodservice industry until consumers are once again willing and able to resume consumption of food away from home, travel and attend sporting, entertainment and other events on a regular basis.
If our competitors implement a lower cost structure and offer lower prices to our customers, we may be unable to adjust our cost structure to compete profitably and retain those customers.
Over the last several decades, the U.S. food retail industry has undergone significant change. Club stores, commercial wholesale outlets, direct food wholesalers and online food retailers have developed lower cost structures, creating increased pressure on the industry’s profit margins. As a large-scale U.S. foodservice distributor, we have similar strategies to remain competitive in the marketplace by reducing our cost structure. However, to the extent more of our competitors adopt an everyday low-price strategy, we would potentially be pressured to offer lower prices to our customers. That would require us to achieve additional cost savings to offset these reductions. If we are unable to change our cost structure and pricing practices rapidly enough to successfully compete in that environment, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Impairment charges for goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other event that harms our reputationlong-lived assets could hurt our businessadversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
MaintainingWe review our amortizable intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. We test goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset may be impaired. Relevant factors, events and circumstances that affect the fair value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets may include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as actual and planned financial performance. We may be required to record a good reputationsignificant charge in our consolidated financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill or intangible assets is criticaldetermined, which would negatively affect our results of operations. For example, the Company completed its most recent annual impairment assessment for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of July 4, 2021, the first day of the third quarter of fiscal year 2021. As a result of rebranding initiatives related to the integration of a trade name acquired as part of the 2019 Food Group acquisition, we recognized an impairment charge of $7 million. Impairment analysis requires significant judgment by management and is sensitive to changes in key assumptions used, such as future cash flows, discount rates and growth rates as well as current market conditions in both the United States and globally, all of which are being unfavorably impacted by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. To the extent that business conditions deteriorate further, or if changes in key assumptions and estimates differ significantly from
13


management’s expectations, it may be necessary to record additional future impairment charges, which could be material. For more information on the goodwill assessment and related impairment charge, see the section captioned “Valuation of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 9, Goodwill and Other Intangibles, in our consolidated financial statements.
Risks Relating to Product Safety and Regulatory Requirements
Our business is subject to significant governmental regulation, and failure to comply with applicable governmental regulations may lead to lawsuits, investigations and other liabilities and restrictions on our operations.
In the course of our operations, we process, handle, store and transport a wide variety of food and non-food products, operate and maintain vehicle fleets, operate forklifts, store fuel in on-site aboveground and underground storage tanks, and use and dispose of hazardous substances including in connection with our use of our ammonia or freon-based refrigeration systems, propane, and battery-powered forklifts. Our operations are subject to a broad range of laws and regulations including regulations governing the processing, packaging, storage, distribution, marketing, advertising, labeling, quality and safety of our food products, as well as rights of our employees and the protection of the environment. Changes in legal or regulatory requirements (such as new food safety requirements, revised regulatory requirements for the processing and packaging of food products and requirements to phase-out of certain ozone-depleting substances or otherwise regulating greenhouse gas emissions), or evolving interpretations of existing legal or regulatory requirements, may result in increased compliance cost, capital expenditures and other financial obligations including costs to upgrade or replace products or equipment that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to governmental regulation regarding our relationship with our employees including minimum wage, overtime, wage payment, wage and hour, employment discrimination, harassment and immigration. Due to contracts we have with federal and state governmental entities as customers, we are subject to audits of, or requests for information regarding, our employment practices and business operations. In addition, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the CDC, OSHA and various other federal, state, and local authorities have issued guidance, new interpretations of existing requirements, and implemented new requirements for employers that affect the operation of our facilities and the management of our workforce. The various federal, state and local requirements and guidance continue to evolve, but we are continually monitoring for updates and responding to updated requirements and guidance applicable to our business particularlyas we become aware of them.
At several current and former facilities, we are investigating and remediating known or suspected contamination from historical releases of fuel and other hazardous substances that is not currently the subject of any administrative or judicial proceeding, but we may be subject to administrative or judicial proceedings in sellingthe future for contamination related to releases of fuel or other hazardous substances.
Failing to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, or encountering disagreements with respect to our private labelcontracts subject to governmental regulation, could result in a number of adverse situations. These could include investigations; litigation or other legal proceedings; administrative, civil, or criminal penalties or fines; mandatory or voluntary product recalls; cease and desist orders against operations that are not in compliance; closing facilities or operations; debarments from contracting with governmental entities; and loss or modification of existing, or denial of additional, licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals.
If the products we distribute are alleged to cause injury, illness or other damage or to fail to comply with applicable governmental regulations, we may need to recall products. Any event that damages our reputation, justified
As a distributor and manufacturer of food and non-food products, we may be subject to product recalls, including voluntary recalls or not, could quickly and negatively affect our business and results of operations. This includes adverse publicity aboutwithdrawals, if the quality, safetyproducts we distribute or integrity of our products. Reports, whethermanufacture are alleged to cause injury, illness or

not they are true, other damage, to have been mislabeled, misbranded or adulterated or to otherwise violate applicable governmental regulations. We may recall products based on alleged occurrences of food-borne illnesses (such as e.E. coli, avian flu, bovine spongiform encephalopathy, hepatitis A, trichinosis, salmonella or salmonella)swine flu) and injuries caused by food tamperingtampering. We may also choose to voluntarily recall or withdraw products that we determine do not satisfy our quality standards, whether for taste, appearance or otherwise, in order to protect our brand and reputation.
Any future product recall or withdrawal that results in substantial and unexpected expenditures, destruction of product inventory, damage to our reputation and/or lost sales due to the unavailability of the product for an extended period of time could severely injureadversely affect our reputation.business, financial condition and results of operations. If patrons of our customers become ill from food-borne illnesses, theour customers could be forced to temporarily close locations and our sales would correspondingly decrease. In addition, instances
We may experience product liability claims.
We may be exposed to potential product liability claims in the event that the products we distribute or manufacture are alleged to have caused injury, illness or other damage. We believe we have sufficient liability insurance to cover product liability claims. We also generally seek contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from parties supplying products to us. If our current insurance does not continue to be available at a reasonable cost or is inadequate to cover all of our liabilities, or if our indemnification or insurance
14


coverage is limited, as a practical matter, by the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party or the insured limits of our suppliers’ insurance coverage, the liability related to allegedly defective products that we distribute or manufacture could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Negative publicity may adversely impact our reputation and business.
Maintaining a good reputation and the safety and integrity of the products we distribute is critical to our business, particularly in selling our private label products. Product recalls, occurrences of food-borne illnessesillness or food tampering or other health concerns, even those unrelated to our products, can result inmay cause negative publicity about the U.S. foodservice distribution industryquality, safety, sustainability or integrity of our products, whether or not such events are related to our products. Any event that damages our reputation or calls into question the safety or integrity of our products, whether justified or not, could quickly and negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness
Our level of indebtedness may adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to raise additional capital or obtain financing in the future, react to changes in our business, and make required payments on our debt.
We had $5.0 billion of indebtedness outstanding, as of January 1, 2022.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our obligations under, our debt facilities depends on our ongoing financial and operating performance, among other things, and may be affected by economic, financial and industry conditions beyond our control, including as discussed under the caption “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” above. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, raise additional equity capital or restructure our debt. However, there is no assurance that such alternative measures may be successful or permitted under the agreements governing our indebtedness and, as a result, we may not be able to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations.
Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences, including the following:
a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations may be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available for other purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate purposes;
we are exposed to the risk of increased interest rates because approximately 47% of the net principal amount of our indebtedness accrued interest at variable rates of interest as of January 1, 2022;
it may be difficult for us to satisfy our obligations to our lenders, resulting in possible defaults on and acceleration of such indebtedness;
we may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
we may be at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with less debt or lower debt service requirements and they, as a result, may be better positioned to withstand competitive pressures and general adverse economic and industry conditions;
our ability to refinance indebtedness may be limited or the associated costs may increase; and
our ability to refinance indebtedness and obtain additional financing may be limited or the associated costs of refinancing and obtaining additional financing may increase.

Our level of indebtedness may further increase from time to time. Although the agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness, including secured debt, that could be incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Incurring substantial additional indebtedness could further exacerbate the risks associated with our level of indebtedness.
The agreements and instruments governing our indebtedness contain restrictions and limitations that may significantly impact our ability to operate our business.
The agreements and instruments governing our indebtedness contain covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to: dispose of assets; incur additional indebtedness (including guarantees of additional indebtedness); pay dividends and make certain payments; create liens on assets; make investments; engage in certain business combination transactions; engage in certain transactions with
15


affiliates; change the business we conduct; and amend specific debt agreements. In addition, certain of these agreements subject us to various financial covenants.
The restrictions under the agreements governing our indebtedness may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business, and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. We may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive and financial covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility. We cannot assure you that we will be granted waivers of or amendments to these agreements if for any reason we are unable to comply with them, or that we will be able to refinance our debt on acceptable terms or at all.
Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in the agreements governing our indebtedness depends on our ongoing financial and operating performance, among other things, and may be affected by economic, financial and industry conditions beyond our control, including as discussed under the caption “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” above. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default under the agreements governing our indebtedness that would permit the applicable lenders or note holders, as the case may be, to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. If we are unable to repay debt, creditors having secured obligations could proceed against the collateral securing the debt. In any such case, we may be unable to borrow under our credit facilities and may not be able to repay the amounts due under our indebtedness. This could have serious consequences to our business, financial condition and results of operations and could cause us to become bankrupt or insolvent.
Changes in the method of determining LIBOR, or the replacement of LIBOR with an alternative reference rate, may adversely affect the cost of servicing our debt.
In July 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), announced that it intends to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. On March 5, 2021, the Intercontinental Exchange Benchmark Administration (“IBA”), the administrator of LIBOR, announced that it will cease publication of U.S. dollar LIBOR tenors as of June 30, 2023, for the most common tenors (overnight and one, three, six and twelve months) and it will cease publication of U.S. dollar LIBOR tenors for less common tenors (one week and two months) as well as all tenors of non-U.S. dollar LIBOR as of December 31, 2021. Amounts drawn under each of our ABL Facility and incremental senior secured term loan facilities may bear interest at rates based upon, among other things, U.S. dollar LIBOR. As such, we will need to renegotiate certain standards in, or terms of the agreements governing this indebtedness to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR with a new standard, or we may be required to borrow this indebtedness based upon alternate interest rate conventions as set forth in those agreements, which could increase the cost of servicing this debt and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Relating to Human Capital Management
We face risks related to labor relations and increases in labor costs.
AsWe employed approximately 28,000 associates as of December 29, 2018, we had approximately 25,000 employees,January 1, 2022, of which approximately 4,4005,900 were members of local unions associated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and other labor organizations. Our failure to effectively renegotiate any CBAs could result in work stoppages. From time to time, we may be subject toface increased efforts to subject us to multi-location labor disputes, as individual labor agreements expire or labor disputes arise. This would place us at greater risk of being unable to continue to operate one or more facilities, possibly delaying deliveries, possibly causing customers to seek alternative suppliers,distributors, or otherwise being materially adversely affected by labor disputes. When there are labor related issues at a facility represented by a local union, sympathy strikes may occur at other facilities that are represented by other local unions. While we generally believe we have generally satisfactory relationshipsgood relations with our employees,associates, including the unions that represent some of our employees,associates, a work stoppage due to oura failure to renegotiate union contracts or for other reasons could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Further, potential changes in labor legislation and case law could result in current non-union portions of our workforce, including our warehouse and delivery personnel, being subjected to greater organized labor influence. If additional portions of our workforce became subject to CBAs, this could result in increased costs of doing business as we would become subject to mandatory, binding arbitration or labor scheduling, costs and standards, which may reduce our operating flexibility.
We are subject to a wide range of labor costs. Because our industry’s labor costs are, as a percentage of net sales, higher than many other industries,industries’ labor costs, even if we are able to successfully renegotiate CBAs and avoid work stoppages, we may be significantly impacted by labor cost increases. Labor shortages, low levels of unemployment or decreasing workforce availability in the United States, and resulting wage inflation and/or increased overtime, could adversely affect our results of operations.
In addition, labor is a significant cost of many of our customers in the U.S. food-away-from-homefood away from home industry. Any increase in their labor costs, including any increases in costs as a result of wage inflation, increases in minimum wage requirements or labor shortages resulting in increased overtime, could reduce the profitability of our customers and reduce their demand for our products.
If we are
16


We may be unable to attract or retain a qualified and diverse workforce,workforce.
Although we have not experienced any material labor shortage to date, we have recently observed tightening and increased competitiveness in the labor market. A labor shortage or increased employee turnover, caused by the COVID-19 pandemic or other general macroeconomic factors, could potentially increase labor costs, reduce our profitability and/or decrease our ability to effectively serve customers. If a material number of our employees are unable to work or terminate their employment, or become ill as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, our business couldoperations may be negativelyadversely affected.
The success of our business depends on our ability to attract, train, develop and retain a highly skilled and diverse workforce. Recruiting and retention efforts (particularly with respect to driver and warehouse personnel) and actions to increase productivity may not be successful, and we could encounter a shortage of qualified employee talent in the future. ChangesShortages of, and increased competition for, qualified employees may result in immigration lawsincreased labor costs. Additionally, productivity may be negatively impacted by labor shortages or high employee turnover. Any prolonged labor shortage or period of high employee turnover could adversely affect our business operations.
Furthermore, as a government contractor, we are subject to oversight by the Department of Labor’s Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, which reviews our employment practices including affirmative action and policiesnon-discrimination based on race, sex and disability, among other characteristics. If an audit or investigation reveals a failure to comply with regulations, we could become subject to civil or criminal penalties and/or administrative sanctions, including government pre-approval of our government contracting activities, termination of government contracts, and suspension or debarment from doing further business with the U.S. government and could also make itbe subject to claims for breach of contract by our customers. Any of these actions could increase our expenses, reduce our revenue and damage our reputation as a reliable government supplier.
Risks Relating to Intellectual Property, Technology and Information Security
Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and any inability to protect them could reduce the value of our products and brands.
We consider our intellectual property rights, particularly our trademarks, to be a valuable aspect of our business. We protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret protection. Our failure to obtain or adequately protect our intellectual property or any change in law that lessens or removes the current legal protections of our intellectual property may diminish our competitiveness and adversely affect our business and financial results.
Competing intellectual property claims that impact our brands may arise unexpectedly. Any litigation or disputes regarding intellectual property may be costly and time-consuming and may divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations. We also may be subject to significant damages or injunctions against development, launch and sale of certain products. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We rely heavily on technology, and we may experience a disruption in existing technology or delay in effectively implementing new technology.
Our ability to control costs and maximize profits, as well as to serve customers most effectively, depends on the reliability of our information technology systems and related data entry processes in our transaction intensive business. We rely on software and other information technology to manage significant aspects of our business, such as purchasing, order processing, warehouse/inventory management, truck loading and logistics and optimization of storage space. We also rely on access to those systems online including through mobile devices to connect with our employees, customers, suppliers and other business partners. The importance of such networks and systems has increased due to many of our employees, and the employees of our customers, suppliers and business partners, working remotely as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Any disruption to this information technology could negatively affect our customer service, decrease the volume of our business, impair operations and profits and result in increased costs. If we do not allocate and effectively manage the resources necessary to build, sustain and protect appropriate information technology systems, we could experience service disruptions or other system failures and our business or financial results could be adversely impacted. We have also outsourced several information technology support services and administrative functions to third-party service providers, and may outsource other functions in the future to achieve cost savings and efficiencies. If these service providers do not perform effectively due to breach or system failure, we may not be able to achieve the expected benefits and our business may be disrupted.
Information technology evolves rapidly. To compete effectively, we are required to integrate new technologies in a timely and cost-effective manner. If competitors implement new technologies before we do, allowing them to provide lower priced or enhanced services of superior quality compared to those we provide, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
17


A cybersecurity incident may negatively affect our operations, business, financial condition and our relationships with customers.
We rely upon information technology networks and systems, some of which are outsourced to and managed by third parties, to process, transmit and store electronic information, to manage our data, communications and business processes, including our marketing, sales, manufacturing, procurement, logistics, customer service, accounting and administrative functions. Our reliance on such networks and systems has increased due to many of our employees, and the employees of our customers, suppliers and business partners, working remotely as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The use of these networks and systems gives rise to cybersecurity risks, and the risk of other security breaches (including access to or acquisition of supplier, customer, employee or other confidential information).
The theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, or release of secured data or interference with the networks and systems on which we rely could result in business disruption, negative publicity, brand damage, violation of privacy laws, loss of customers, potential liability, and competitive disadvantage, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. While we have implemented measures such as implementing cybersecurity policies, training our employee and monitoring our information technology systems, to prevent security breaches, disruptions or other system failures, our preventative measures and incident response efforts may not be entirely effective. The cost to remediate damages to our information technology systems suffered as a result of a cyberattack or other unauthorized access to secured data could be significant.
Cyberattacks have been occurring globally at a more frequent rate and are rapidly and continually evolving, making them more difficult for us to recruitdetect and protect against. While cyber-attackers have threatened and attempt to breach our security and access the information stored in our information systems, no incident has been material or relocate qualified employee talent to meethad a material impact on our business needs. A labor shortage could potentially increase labor costs, reduce our profitability and/or decrease our ability to effectively serve customers.
If our competitors implementfinancial condition. There is a lower cost structure and offer lower prices to our customers,risk that we may incur significant costs in protecting against or remediating cyberattacks or other cyber incidents. Although we maintain insurance that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain cyber incidents, it may be unableinsufficient to adjustcover all losses.
In addition, in the event our cost structuresuppliers or customers experience a breach or system failure, cyberattack or other security breach, their businesses could be disrupted or otherwise negatively affected, which may result in a disruption in our supply chain or reduced customer orders, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Relating to compete profitablyAcquisitions
We may fail to realize the expected benefits of acquisitions or effectively integrate the businesses we acquire.
Historically, a portion of our growth has come through acquisitions. In September 2019, we completed the acquisition of the Food Group, which significantly expanded the Company’s network in the West and retain those customers.
Over the last several decades,Northwest parts of the U.S. food retail industry has undergone a significant change. Companies such as Wal-MartIn April 2020, we completed the acquisition of Smart Foodservice, which significantly expanded the Company’s cash and Costco have developed a lower cost structure, providing their customers with an everyday low-cost product offering. In addition, commercial wholesale outlets, such as Restaurant Depot, offer an additional low-cost optioncarry business in the markets they serve. As a large-scaleWest and Northwest parts of the U.S. foodservice distributor, we have similar strategies to remain competitive in the marketplace by reducing our cost structure. However, to the extent more of our competitors adopt an everyday low price strategy, we would potentially be pressured to offer lower prices to our customers. That would require us to achieve additional cost savings to offset these reductions.
If we are unable to changeintegrate acquired businesses successfully or realize anticipated synergies in a timely manner, we may not realize our cost structureprojected return on investment and pricing practices rapidly enough to successfully compete in that environment, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. Integrating acquired businesses may be more difficult in a region or market where we have limited expertise or with a company culture or operating structure different than ours. A significant acquisition, in terms of geography or magnitude, could strain our leadership’s attention and our administrative and operational resources. We also may be unable to retain qualified management and other key personnel of the acquired businesses, that may be necessary to integrate acquired businesses successfully or realize anticipated synergies in a timely manner.

Risks Relating to our Common Stock
As a result of its Series A Preferred Stock investment, KKR owns a substantial portion of our equity and its interests may not be aligned with yours.
On May 6, 2020, KKR Fresh Aggregator L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, purchased 500,000 shares of the Company’s Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), which it subsequently transferred to its affiliate, KKR Fresh Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“KKR”), for an aggregate purchase price of $500 million, or $1,000 per share. As a result of its Series A Preferred Stock investment, KKR owns the equivalent of approximately 10% of our Common Stock on an as-converted basis and has the right to designate one director to our board of directors. As a result, KKR may have the ability to influence the outcome of certain matters relating to the Company. Circumstances may occur in which the interests of KKR could conflict with the interests of our other shareholders. For example, the existence of KKR as a significant shareholder and KKR’s board designation rights may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or management or limiting the ability of our other shareholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in the best interests of the Company.

18


Actions of activist stockholders could adversely impact our business and cause us to incur significant expenses.
We may be subject to actions or proposals from activist stockholders or others that may not be aligned with our long-term strategy or the interests of our other stockholders. On February 15, 2022, Sachem Head Capital Management (“Sachem Head”) issued a press release disclosing its intent to nominate seven directors for election to the Company’s ten-member Board of Directors at the Company’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders. The Company’s response to suggested actions, proposals, director nominations and/or contests for the election of directors from Sachem Head or other activist stockholders could disrupt our business and operations, divert the attention of our Board of Directors, management and employees and be costly and time‐consuming. Potential actions by Sachem Head or other activist stockholders may interfere with our ability to execute our strategic plans; create perceived uncertainties as to the future direction of our business or strategy; cause uncertainty with our regulators; make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel; and adversely affect our relationships with our existing and potential customers, suppliers and other business partners. Any of the foregoing could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, we may be required to incur significant fees and expenses related to responding to stockholder activism, including for third-party advisors. Further, the market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuation or otherwise be adversely affected by the events, risks and uncertainties described above.
General Risk Factors
Changes in applicable tax laws and regulations and the resolution of tax disputes couldmay negatively affect our financial results.
We are subject to income and other taxes in the U.S. and various state and local jurisdictions, and changes in tax laws or regulations or tax rulings may have an adverse impact on our effective tax rate. The U.S. and many state and local jurisdictions where we do business have recently enacted or are actively consideringfrom time to time enact changes in relevant tax, accounting and other laws, regulations and interpretations.  For example, on December 22, 2017, the U.S. federal government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act made broad and complex changes to the U.S. federal income tax code, the impacts of which are described elsewhere in this Annual Report. Given the unpredictability of possible changes to U.S. federal and state and local tax laws and regulations, it is very difficult to predict their cumulative effect on our results of operations and cash flows, but new and changed laws and regulations could adversely impact our results of operations. We are also subject to the examination of our tax returns and other tax matters by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other state and local tax authorities and governmental bodies, for which we regularly assess the likelihood of an adverse outcome. If the ultimate determination of these examinations is that taxes are owed by us for an amount in excess of amounts previously accrued, our business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.
Our business isThe Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation includes a forum selection clause.
The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation requires that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company or director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporate Law, the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company or director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to significant environmental, healththe court having jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our capital stock is deemed to have received notice of and safetyconsented to provisions of the forum selection clause.
The choice of forum provision may increase costs to bring a claim, discourage claims or limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with the Company or the Company’s directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against the Company or the Company’s directors, officers and other government regulation. Failureemployees. If a court were to comply with these regulations could lead to lawsuits, investigations and other liabilities and restrictions on our operations that could significantly and adversely affect our business.
Our operations are subject to a broad rangefind the choice of U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, health and safety. These laws and regulations govern many issues, including discharges to air, soil and water; the handling and disposal of hazardous substances; the investigation and remediation of contamination resulting from the release of petroleum products and other hazardous substances; employee health and safety; food safety; and fleet safety. In the course of our operations, we operate and maintain vehicle fleets, use and dispose of hazardous substances, and store fuel in on-site aboveground and underground storage tanks. At several current and former facilities, we are investigating and remediating known or suspected contamination from historical releases of fuel and other hazardous substances that is not currently the subject of any administrative or judicial proceeding, but we may be subject to administrative or judicial proceedingsforum provision contained in the future for contamination related to releasesCompany’s Amended and Restated Certificate of fuel or other hazardous substances. Some jurisdictions in which we operate have laws and regulations that affect the composition and operation of truck fleets, such as limits on diesel emissions and engine idling. A number of our facilities have ammonia or freon-based refrigeration systems, propane, and battery powered forklifts, which could cause injury or environmental damage. Proposed or recently enacted legal requirements, such as those requiring the phase-out of certain ozone-depleting substances or otherwise regulating greenhouse gas emissions, may require us to upgrade or replace equipment or may otherwise increase our operating costs. We are additionally subject to governmental regulation at the U.S. federal, state, and local levels in many other areas of our business, including trade, anticorruption, and employment. As an example, due to contracts we have with federal and state governmental entities, governmental agencies have, from time to time, conducted audits of or requested information regarding our pricing practices as part of investigations of providers of services under governmental contracts.
Failing to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, or encountering disagreements with respect to our contracts subject to governmental regulation, could result in a number of adverse situations. These could include investigations; administrative, civil, or criminal penalties or fines; mandatory or voluntary product recalls; cease and desist orders against operations that are not in compliance; closing facilities or operations; debarments from contracting with governmental entities; and loss or modification of existing, or rejection of additional, licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals. These laws and regulations may change in the future. The costs of compliance and consequences of non-compliance could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
We may be subject to or affected by liability claims related to products we distribute and manufacture.
As a seller and manufacturer of food, we may be exposed to potential product liability claims in the event that the products we sell and/or manufacture cause injury or illness. We believe we have sufficient primary or excess umbrella liability insurance to cover product liability claims. We also generally seek contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from parties supplying products to us. If our current insurance does not continueIncorporation to be available at a reasonable costinapplicable or is inadequate to cover all of our liabilities, or if our indemnification or insurance coverage is limited, as a practical matter, byunenforceable in an action, the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party or the insured limits of our suppliers’

insurance coverage, the liability related to defective products we sell and/or manufacture could adversely affect our business and results of operations.Company may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions.
Adverse judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we are or may be involved in the normal course of our business could limit our ability to operate our business and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
In the normal course of our business, we are involved in various legal proceedings. The outcome of these proceedings cannot be predicted. If any of these proceedings were determined adversely to us or require a settlement involving a payment of a material sum of money, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, we could become the subject of future claims by third parties, including our employees, suppliers, customers, ourGPOs, investors, or regulators. Any significant adverse judgments or settlements could reduce our profits and limit our ability to operate our business.
We rely heavily on technology,
19


Extreme weather conditions and any disruption in existing technologynatural disasters, and other catastrophic events, may interrupt our business, or delay in implementing new technology could adversely affect our business.customers’ or suppliers businesses.

Our ability to control costs and maximize profits, as well as to serve customers most effectively, depends on the reliabilitySome of our information technology systemsfacilities and related data entry processesour customers’ and suppliers’ facilities are located in areas that may be subject to extreme, and occasionally prolonged, weather conditions, including hurricanes, tornadoes, blizzards, and extreme cold. Extreme weather conditions, whether caused by global climate change or otherwise, may interrupt our transaction intensive business. We relyoperations in such areas. Furthermore, extreme weather conditions may disrupt critical infrastructure in the United States and interrupt or impede access to our customers’ facilities, reduce the number of consumers who visit our customers’ facilities, interrupt our suppliers’ production or shipments or increase our suppliers’ product costs, all of which could have an adverse effect on software and other information technology to manage significant aspects of our business, such as purchasing, order processing, warehouse/inventory management, truck loading and logistics and optimization of storage space. Any disruption to this information technology could negatively affect our customer service, decrease the volume of our business, and result in increased costs. We have invested and continue to invest in technology security initiatives, business continuity, and disaster recovery plans in order to insulate ourselves from technology disruption that could impair operations and profits.
Information technology evolves rapidly. To compete effectively, we are required to integrate new technologies in a timely and cost-effective manner. If competitors implement new technologies before we do, allowing them to provide lower priced or enhanced services of superior quality compared to those we provide, our businessfinancial condition and results of operationsoperations.
In addition, our business could be adversely affected.
A cybersecurity incidentaffected by large-scale terrorist acts or the outbreak or escalation of armed hostilities (especially those directed against or otherwise involving the U.S.), the outbreak of food-borne illnesses, the widespread outbreak of infectious diseases, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, or the occurrence of other technology disruptionscatastrophic events. Any of these events could negatively affectimpair our ability to manage our business and our relationships with customers.
We rely upon information technology networks and systems to process, transmit and store electronic information, to process online credit card payments, and to manage and/or support virtually allcause disruption of economic activity, which could have an adverse effect on our business, processes and activities. We also use mobile devices, social networking and other online activities to connect with our employees, suppliers, business partners and customers. These uses give rise to cybersecurity risks, including security breach, espionage, system disruption, theft, online platform hijacking that could redirect online credit card payments to another credit card processing website, and inadvertent or unauthorized release of information. Our business involves the storage and transmission of numerous classes of sensitive and/or confidential information and intellectual property, including personal information of customers and suppliers, private information about employees, and financial and strategic information about us and our business partners. Further, we are also expanding and improving our information technologies, resulting in a larger technological presence and corresponding increase in exposure to cybersecurity risk. Additionally, while we have implemented measures to prevent security breaches and cyber incidents, our preventative measures and incident response efforts may not be entirely effective. The theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, or release of sensitive and/or confidential information or intellectual property, or interference with our information technology systems or the technology systems of third parties on which we rely, could result in business disruption, negative publicity, brand damage, violation of privacy laws, loss of customers, potential liability, and competitive disadvantage, which in turn could adversely affect our businesscondition and results of operations.
Our retirement benefits couldmay give rise to significant expenses and liabilities in the future.
We sponsor defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. These pension and postretirement obligations give rise to costs that are dependent on various assumptions, including those discussed in Note 18, Retirement Plans, in our consolidated financial statements. statements, many of which are outside of our control, such as performance of financial markets, interest rates, participant age and mortality. In the event we determine that our assumptions should be revised, our future pension and postretirement plan benefit costs could increase or decrease. The assumptions we use may differ from actual results, which could have a significant impact on our pension and postretirement obligations and related costs and funding requirements.
In addition to the plans we sponsor, we also contribute to various multiemployer pension plans administered by labor unions representing some of our employees. We make periodic

contributions to these plans to allow them to meet their pension benefit obligations to their participants. In the event that we withdraw from participating in one of these plans, plans—including by deciding to discontinue participation in a plan in the ordinary course renegotiation of a CBA or by reducing the number of employees participating in a plan to a certain degree over a certain period of time as a result of a facility closure or other change in our operations—then applicable law could require us to make additional withdrawal liability payments to the plan based on the applicable plan’s funding status.
In addition, in the ordinary course of our renegotiation of CBAs with labor unions that maintain these plans, we could decide to discontinue participation in a plan. In that event, we could also face withdrawal liability. We could also be treated as withdrawing from participation in one of these plans, if the number of our employees participating in these plans is reduced to a certain degree over certain periods of time. A reduction in the number of employees participating in these plans could occur as a result of changes in our business or operations, such as facility closures or consolidations. Some multiemployer plans, including ones to which we contribute, are reported to have significant underfunded liabilities, which could increase the size of our potential withdrawal liability. Any withdrawal liability payments that we are required to make including for the reasons stated above, could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
Extreme weather conditions and natural disasters, and other catastrophic events, may interrupt our business, or our customers’ businesses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Some of our facilities and our customers’ facilities are located in areas that may be subject to extreme, and occasionally prolonged, weather conditions, including, but not limited to, hurricanes, tornadoes, blizzards, and extreme cold. Extreme weather conditions may interrupt our operations in such areas. Furthermore, extreme weather conditions may interrupt or impede access to our customers’ facilities or otherwise reduce the number of consumers who visit our customers’ facilities, all of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
In addition, our business could be affected by large-scale terrorist acts or the outbreak or escalation of armed hostilities (especially those directed against or otherwise involving the U.S.), the widespread outbreak of infectious diseases or the occurrence of other catastrophic events (including, but not limited to, the outbreak of food-borne illnesses in the U.S.). Any of these events could impair our ability to manage our business and/or cause disruption of economic activity, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
We rely on trademarks, trade secrets, and other forms of intellectual property protections, which may not be adequate to protect us from misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property.
We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws in the U.S. We have applied for registration of a limited number of trademarks in the U.S. and in certain other countries, some of which have been registered or issued. We cannot guarantee that our applications will be approved by the applicable governmental authorities, or that third parties will not seek to oppose or otherwise challenge our registrations or applications. We also rely on unregistered proprietary rights, including common law trademark protection. Third parties may use trademarks identical or confusingly similar to ours, or independently develop trade secrets or know-how similar or equivalent to ours. If our proprietary information is divulged to third parties, including our competitors, or our intellectual property rights are otherwise misappropriated or infringed, our business could be harmed or adversely affected.
Our products may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may cause us to incur unexpected costs or prevent us from selling our products.
We cannot be certain that our products do not and will not infringe intellectual property rights of others. We may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, including claims of alleged infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties by us or our customers in connection with their use of our products. Any such claims, whether or not meritorious, could result in costly litigation and divert the efforts of our management and personnel. Moreover, if we were found liable for infringement, we may be required to enter into licensing agreements (if available on acceptable terms or at all) or to pay damages and to cease making or selling certain products, which could cause us to incur significant costs and/or prevent us from selling or manufacturing certain products.

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness
Our level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to raise additional capital or obtain financing in the future, react to changes in our business, and make required payments on our debt.
As of December 29, 2018, we had $3,457 million of indebtedness, net of $11 million of unamortized deferred financing costs.
Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences to us, including the following:
a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations must be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to us for other purposes, including for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements and general corporate purposes;
we are exposed to the risk of increased interest rates because approximately 41% of the principal amount of our borrowings was at variable rates of interest as of December 29, 2018;
it may be difficult for us to satisfy our obligations to our lenders, resulting in possible defaults on and acceleration of such indebtedness;
we may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
we may be at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with less debt or comparable debt at more favorable interest rates and they, as a result, may be better positioned to withstand economic downturns;
our ability to refinance indebtedness and obtain additional financing may be limited or the associated costs of refinancing and obtaining additional financing may increase; and
our flexibility to adjust to changing market conditions and ability to withstand competitive pressures could be limited, and we may be prevented from carrying out capital spending that is necessary or important to our growth strategy and efforts to improve operating margins of our business.

Our indebtedness may further increase from time to time and we may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness, including secured debt, in the future for various reasons. Although the agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness that could be incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. In order to fund a substantial portion of the consideration in our contemplated acquisition of the SGA Food Group Companies, the closing of which remains subject to receipt of required regulatory approvals and other customary conditions, we entered into a commitment letter under which the Committed Parties committed to provide us with a $1.5 billion senior secured term loan facility. Incurring substantial additional indebtedness could further exacerbate the risks associated with our level of indebtedness.
The agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly impact our ability to operate our business.
The agreements governing our indebtedness contain covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to do the following:
dispose of assets;
incur additional indebtedness (including guarantees of additional indebtedness);
pay dividends and make certain payments;
create liens on assets;
make investments (including entering joint ventures);
engage in certain business combination transactions;
engage in certain transactions with affiliates;
change the business conducted by us; and
amend specific debt agreements.

In addition, the agreements governing our indebtedness subject us to various financial covenants. Our ability to comply with these provisions in future periods will depend on our ongoing financial and operating performance, as discussed under the caption “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry,” above. Our ability to comply with these provisions in future periods will also depend substantially on the pricing of our products, our success at implementing cost reduction initiatives and our ability to successfully implement our overall business strategy.
The restrictions under the agreements governing our indebtedness may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business, and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. We may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive and financial covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility. We cannot assure that we will be granted waivers of or amendments to these obligations if for any reason we are unable to comply with them or that we will be able to refinance our debt on terms acceptable to us, or at all.
Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in the agreements governing our indebtedness may be affected by economic, financial and industry conditions beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default under the agreements governing our indebtedness that would permit the applicable lenders or note holders, as the case may be, to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. If we are unable to repay debt, lenders having secured obligations could proceed against the collateral securing the debt. In any such case, we may be unable to borrow under and may not be able to repay the amounts due under our indebtedness. This could have serious consequences to our financial condition and results of operations and could cause us to become bankrupt or insolvent.operations.
Our ability to generate the significant amount of cash needed to pay interest and principal on our debt facilities and our ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing depends on many factors beyond our control.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our obligations under, our debt facilities depends on our financial and operating performance and prevailing economic and competitive conditions. Certain of these financial and business factors, many of which may be beyond our control, are described under the caption “Risks Related to our Business and Industry,” above.
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, raise additional equity capital or restructure our debt. However, there is no assurance that such alternative measures may be successful or permitted under the agreements governing our indebtedness and, as a result, we may not be able to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations.
Our accounts receivable financing facility (the “ABS Facility”) and our asset-backed senior secured revolving loan facility (“ABL Facility”) both mature in 2020. Our senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”) will mature in 2023. Our 5.875% unsecured senior notes (the “Senior Notes”) will mature in 2024. We cannot assure that we will be able to refinance our indebtedness or obtain additional financing on satisfactory terms, or at all, particularly due to our level of indebtedness and the debt incurrence restrictions imposed by the agreements governing our indebtedness. Further, the cost and availability of credit are subject to changes in the economic environment. If conditions in major credit markets deteriorate, our ability to refinance our indebtedness or obtain additional financing on satisfactory terms, or at all, may be negatively affected.
Increases in interest rates and potential upcoming regulatory changes could increase the cost of servicing our debt and have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.
After considering interest rate swaps that fixed the interest rate on $1.1 billion of principal of our Term Loan Facility, approximately 41% of the principal amount of our debt bears interest at variable rates as of December 29, 2018. As a result, additional increases in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt and could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. The impact of such an increase could be more significant for us than it would be for some other companies because of our level of indebtedness.


In addition, in July 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. It is unclear if LIBOR will cease to exist or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist. Each of our ABL Facility, ABS Facility, and Term Loan Facility utilizes U.S. dollar LIBOR as a factor in determining the applicable interest rate. As such, depending on the future of LIBOR, we may need to renegotiate certain terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR with a new standard, which could increase the cost of servicing our debt and have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.
Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock
Our stock price may change significantly, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid or at all, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.
The stock market routinely experiences periods of large or extreme volatility. In some instances, this volatility is unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies.
The trading price of our common stock may be adversely affected due to a number of factors, including those described under the caption “Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry,” above, and the following, many of which we cannot control:
results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;
results of operations that vary from those of our competitors;
changes in expectations as to our or our industry’s future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors, and the publication of research reports regarding the same;
declines in the market prices of stocks, trading volumes and company valuations, particularly those of foodservice distribution companies;
strategic actions by us or our competitors;
changes in preferences of our customers and purchasing habits of consumers;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new products, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures, other strategic relationships, or capital commitments;
changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or markets;
changes in business or regulatory conditions;
future issuances or sales or purchases of our common stock or other securities;
investor perceptions or the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives;
a default on our indebtedness or a downgrade in our or our competitors’ credit ratings;
the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC;
changes in senior management or other key personnel;
announcements relating to litigation;
guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance, or our failure to meet this guidance;
the sustainability of an active trading market for our common stock;
changes in accounting principles;
occurrences of extreme or inclement weather; and
other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, war, or acts of terrorism, and responses to these events.
In the past, following periods of market volatility or material announcements or events, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation against various companies. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could have

a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.
Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. The declaration, amount, and payment of any future dividends on shares of common stock will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions, implications of the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness and may be limited by covenants relating to any future indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell our common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change of control.
Certain provisions of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation (our “Certificate of Incorporation”) and our Third Amended and Restated Bylaws (our “Bylaws”), as well as the laws of the State of Delaware, our jurisdiction of incorporation, may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer, or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt, or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider in its interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of our common stock held by stockholders.
Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if the provisions are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future. Certain provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, as well as the laws of the State of Delaware, may also make it difficult for stockholders to replace or remove members of our Board of Directors. These provisions may facilitate management entrenchment that may delay, deter, render more difficult or prevent a change in control of the Company.
Our Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions limiting the personal liability of our directors for breaches of fiduciary duty under Delaware law.
Our Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware relating to the liability of directors. These provisions eliminate a director’s personal liability to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:
breaches of the director’s duty of loyalty;
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;
unlawful dividends; or
transactions from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.
The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that the consequences of a stockholder prosecuting an action for monetary damages against a director may be limited, unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for which indemnification is not available under the laws of the State of Delaware. These provisions, however, should not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder’s rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of a director’s fiduciary duty. These provisions will not alter a director’s liability under federal securities laws. The inclusion of this provision in our Certificate of Incorporation

may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders.
Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 1B.     Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
20


Item 2.    Properties
As of January 31, 2019,the date of this report, we maintained 79 primaryoperated (i) 69 distribution facilities (consisting of more than 19,000,000 square feet), 56 of which are owned, (ii) 80 cash and carry locations (consisting of more than 1,900,000 square feet), all of which are leased, and (iii) 14 broadline support business production facilities (consisting of more than 900,000 square feet), 9 of which are owned. The leases related to these facilities expire at various dates from 2022 to 2040, although some provide options for us to renew. The table below lists the aggregate square footage, by state for these operating facilities, including 63 distribution centers and other supporting facilities. Approximately 78% were owned, and 22% were leased. Our real estate includes
Location
Number of
Facilities
Square Feet
Alabama458,304 
Alaska131,285 
Arizona493,116 
Arkansas135,009 
California21 2,010,675 
Colorado501,427 
Connecticut239,899 
Florida1,173,162 
Georgia691,017 
Idaho121,644 
Illinois528,295 
Indiana233,784 
Iowa114,250 
Kansas350,859 
Louisiana130,200 
Michigan276,003 
Minnesota414,963 
Mississippi287,356 
Missouri602,947 
Montana239,194 
Nebraska246,430 
Nevada872,110 
New Hampshire533,237 
New Jersey1,073,375 
New Mexico133,486 
New York388,683 
North Carolina1,001,423 
North Dakota221,314 
Ohio501,894 
Oklahoma345,559 
Oregon22 775,146 
Pennsylvania977,719 
South Carolina1,370,311 
Tennessee602,270 
Texas1,011,501 
Utah288,834 
Virginia830,798 
Washington32 1,476,983 
West Virginia220,537 
Wisconsin172,826 
Total163 22,177,825 
Owned15,878,787 72 %
Leased6,299,038 28 %
In addition, we leased our corporate headquarters in Rosemont, Illinois (consisting of more than 250,000 square feet) and our shared services center in Tempe, Arizona both(consisting of which are leased. Our properties also include a number of local sales offices, trailer “drop-sites,” and vacant land not includedmore than 100,000 square feet). We believe that, in the count above. In addition, thereaggregate, our real estate is a minimal amount of surplus owned or leased property not included insuitable and adequate to serve the count above. Leases on these properties expire at various dates from 2019 to 2028, although certain of these leases include options for renewal.
The following table lists our operating facilities, by state, and their aggregate square footage. The table reflects our material operating facilities, including distribution centers that may contain multiple locations or buildings and other supporting facilities. It does not include retail sales locations, Chef’Stores, or US Foods Culinary Equipment & Supply outlet locations. It also does not include closed locations, vacant properties or ancillary use properties, such as temporary storage, remote sales offices and parking lots. In addition, the table shows the square footageneeds of our leased Rosemont headquarters and Tempe shared services center locations:

business.
21
Location 
Number of
Facilities
 
Square
Feet
  
Alabama 2
 438,804
  
Arizona 2
 317,071
  
Arkansas 1
 135,009
  
California 5
 1,314,847
  
Colorado 1
 314,883
  
Connecticut 1
 239,899
  
Florida 5
 1,194,226
  
Georgia 2
 691,017
  
Illinois 3
 528,295
  
Indiana 1
 233,784
  
Iowa 1
 114,250
  
Kansas 1
 350,859
  
Louisiana 1
 69,304
  
Michigan 1
 276,003
  
Minnesota 3
 414,963
  
Mississippi 1
 287,356
  
Missouri 3
 602,947
  
Nebraska 2
 246,430
  
Nevada 4
 840,219
  
New Hampshire 1
 533,237
  
New Jersey 3
 1,073,375
  
New Mexico 1
 133,486
  
New York 3
 388,683
  
North Carolina 3
 954,736
  
North Dakota 2
 221,314
  
Ohio 3
 501,894
  
Oklahoma 1
 308,307
  
Pennsylvania 6
 1,179,319
  
South Carolina 2
 1,220,499
  
South Dakota 1
 47,400
  
Tennessee 2
 602,270
  
Texas 4
 963,732
  
Utah 1
 267,180
  
Virginia 2
 629,318
  
Washington 1
 216,500
  
West Virginia 1
 220,537
  
Wisconsin 2
 354,127
  
Total 79
 18,426,080
  
  Owned
 14,420,646
 78%
  Leased
 4,005,434
 22%
Headquarters: Rosemont, Illinois   337,331
  
Shared Services Center: Tempe, Arizona   133,225
  



Item 3.Legal Proceedings
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we may be party to legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We do not believe there arethat any of our pending legal proceedings, that, separatelyindividually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations,business, financial condition or cash flows.results of operations.
Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures
None.

22


PART II
Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Common Stock and Stockholders
Our common stock began trading publicly on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “USFD” as of May 26, 2016. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. As of January 28, 2019, thereThere were 23,72122,142 holders of record of our common stock.stock as of February 11, 2022. This stockholder figure does not include a substantially greater number of “street”“street name” holders whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities 
None.
Dividends
We have not paid any dividends on our common stock since our common stock began trading publicly on the NYSE.
We have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock currently or in the foreseeable future. The declaration, amount, and payment of any future dividends on shares of common stock will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors. OurIn making any such decision, our Board of Directors may take into account, among other things, our results of operations, capital requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.
During the factors discussed in Item 1A52 weeks ended January 1, 2022, the Company’s Board of Part I, “Risk Factors-Risks Relating to OwnershipDirectors declared dividends on the shares of Our Common Stock.” Because US Foods Holding Corp. isthe Series A Preferred Stock outstanding as of the respective record dates. On March 31, 2021, the Company paid a holding company and has no direct operations, it will be able to pay dividends only from funds received from its subsidiaries. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenantsdividend on the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock in the agreements governing our existing indebtedness and may be further limitedform of 9,154 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, plus a de minimis amount in cash in lieu of fractional shares. The value of the dividend-in-kind paid by the agreements governing additional indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incurCompany was $15 million. On June 30, 2021, September 30, 2021, and December 31, 2021, the Company paid cash dividends in the future.aggregate of $28 million on the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock. See Item 7 of Part II, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources-Indebtedness.”Note 14, Convertible Preferred Stock, in our consolidated financial statements for further information.


23


Stock Performance Graph
The following stock performance graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return of the Company’s common stock since May 26, 2016, the date the Company’s common stock began trading on the NYSE, with the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Food and Staples Retailing Index.Index for the last five fiscal years. The graph assumes the investment of $100 in our common stock and each of such indices on May 26,December 31, 2016 and the reinvestment of dividends, ifas applicable. Performance data for the Company, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Food and Staples Retailing Index is provided as of the last trading day of each of our last threefive fiscal years. This stock price performance graph is not indicative of future stock price performance.
chart-c21fced0e1d9ae8b064.jpg
usfd-20220101_g2.jpg
12/31/1612/30/1712/29/1812/28/1901/02/2101/01/22
US Foods Holding Corp.$100 $116 $115 $152 $121 $127 
S&P 500100 122 116 153 181 233 
S&P Food and Staples Retailing Index100 124 124 157 186 220 

 5/26/16
 12/31/16
 12/30/17
 12/29/18
US Foods Holding Corp.$100
 $110
 $128
 $127
S&P 500100
 110
 134
 128
S&P Food and Staples Retailing Index100
 107
 132
 131

The stock performance graph above and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or “filed” with the SEC or subject to the SEC’s proxy rules or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any prior or future filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into any of those filings.

Item 6.
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data
The selected historical consolidated statements of operations data for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, and the related selected balance sheet data as of the fiscal years ended 2018 and 2017, have been derived from our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. The selected historical consolidated statements of operations data for fiscal years 2015 and 2014 and the selected balance sheet data as of the fiscal years ended 2016, 2015, and 2014, have been derived from our consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report.
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with Item 7 of Part II, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in Item 8 of Part II.
The following tables set forth our selected financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated:Not Applicable.
24
 Fiscal Year
 2018 2017* 2016* 2015* 2014*
 (in millions, except per share data)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:         
Net sales$24,175
 $24,147
 $22,919
 $23,127
 $23,020
Cost of goods sold19,869
 19,929
 18,866
 19,114
 19,222
Gross profit4,306
 4,218
 4,053
 4,013
 3,798
Operating expenses:         
Distribution, selling and administrative costs3,647
 3,631
 3,581
 3,651
 3,553
Restructuring charges (benefit) and tangible asset impairments1
 (1) 53
 173
 
Total operating expenses3,648
 3,630
 3,634
 3,824
 3,553
Operating income658
 588
 419
 189
 245
Formerly Proposed Sysco Acquisition termination fees—net
 
 
 288
 
Other (income) expense—net(13) 14
 5
 (1) (7)
Interest expense—net175
 170
 229
 285
 289
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
 54
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes496
 404
 131
 193
 (37)
Income tax provision (benefit)89
 (40) (79) 25
 36
Net income (loss)$407
 $444
 $210
 $168
 $(73)
Earnings (loss) per share:         
Basic$1.88
 $2.00
 $1.05
 $0.99
 $(0.43)
Diluted(1)
$1.87
 $1.97
 $1.03
 $0.98
 $(0.43)
Weighted-average number of shares used in per share amounts:         
Basic216.1
 222.4
 200.1
 169.6 169.5
Diluted(1)
217.8
 225.7
 204.0
 171.1 169.5
Other Data:         
Cash flows—operating activities$609
 $749
 $549
 $555
 $402
Cash flows—investing activities(232) (356) (762) (271) (118)
Cash flows—financing activities(391) (405) (180) (110) (120)
Capital expenditures235
 221
 164
 187
 147
EBITDA(2)
1,011
 952
 782
 876
 664
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
1,103
 1,058
 972
 875
 866
Adjusted net income(2)
442
 312
 321
 154
 126
Free cash flow(3)
374
 528
 385
 368
 255



 As of Fiscal Year
 2018 2017* 2016* 2015* 2014*
 (in millions)
Balance Sheet Data:         
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash$105
 $119
 $131
 $524
 $350
Total assets9,186
 9,037
 8,944
 9,239
 9,023
Total debt3,457
 3,757
 3,782
 4,745
 4,714
Total shareholders’ equity3,229
 2,751
 2,538
 1,873
 1,622

(*)Prior year amounts may be rounded to conform with the current year presentation or may not add due to rounding.
(1)When there is a loss for the applicable period, weighted average fully diluted shares outstanding was not used in the computation as the effect would be antidilutive.
(2)
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted net income are financial measures that are not in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). These non-GAAP measures are used by management to measure operating performance. EBITDA is defined as net income (loss), plus interest expense—net, income tax provision (benefit), and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted for (1) Former Sponsor (as defined below) fees; (2) restructuring (benefit) charges and tangible asset impairments; (3) share-based compensation expense; (4) the non-cash impact of last-in first-out (“LIFO”) reserve adjustments; (5) loss on extinguishment of debt; (6) pension settlements; (7) business transformation costs; (8) Formerly Proposed SyscoAcquisition related costs, as further described below; (9) Formerly Proposed SyscoAcquisition termination fees—net, as further described below; and (10) other gains, losses, or charges as specified in the agreements governing our indebtedness. Adjusted net income is defined as net income (loss) excluding the items used to calculate Adjusted EBITDA listed above and further adjusted for the tax effect of the exclusions and discrete tax items. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted net income as presented in this Annual Report are supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. They are not measurements of our performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP.
(3)Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that is defined as cash flows provided by operating activities less capital expenditures. Free cash flow is used by management as a supplemental measure of our liquidity. For additional information, see the discussion under the caption “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” below.
Non-GAAP Reconciliations
We provide EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net income, and Free cash flow as supplemental measures to GAAP regarding our operational performance. These non-GAAP financial measures exclude the impact of certain items and, therefore, have not been calculated in accordance with GAAP.
We believe EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide meaningful supplemental information about our operating performance because they exclude amounts that we do not consider part of our core operating results when assessing our performance. Items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA include restructuring (benefit) charges and tangible asset impairments, loss on extinguishment of debt, fees of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (“CD&R”) and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., L.P. (“KKR” and, together with CD&R, the “Former Sponsors”), share-based compensation expense, the non-cash impact of LIFO reserve adjustments, pension settlements, business transformation costs (costs associated with the redesign of systems and processes), Formerly Proposed Sysco Acquisition related costs, as further described below, Formerly Proposed Sysco Acquisition termination fees-net, as further described below, and other items as specified in the agreements governing our indebtedness.
We believe that Adjusted net income is a useful measure of operating performance for both management and investors because it excludes items that are not reflective of our core operating performance and provides an additional view of our operating performance including depreciation, amortization, interest expense, and income taxes on a consistent basis from period to period. Adjusted net income is net income (loss) excluding such items as restructuring (benefit) charges and tangible asset impairments, loss on extinguishment of debt, Former Sponsor fees, as further described below, share-based compensation expense, the non-cash impact of LIFO reserve adjustments, pension settlements, business transformation costs (costs associated with redesign of systems and process), and other items as specified in the agreements governing our indebtedness, and adjusted for the tax effect of the exclusions and discrete tax items. We believe that Adjusted net income may be used by investors, analysts and other interested parties to facilitate period-over-period comparisons and provides additional clarity as to how factors and trends impact our operating performance.

Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures (1) to evaluate our historical and prospective financial performance as well as our performance relative to our competitors as they assist in highlighting trends, (2) to set internal sales targets and spending budgets, (3) to measure operational profitability and the accuracy of forecasting, (4) to assess financial discipline over operational expenditures, and (5) as an important factor in determining variable compensation for management and employees. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are also used in connection with certain covenants and activity restrictions under the agreements governing our indebtedness. We also believe these and similar non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry.
We use free cash flow to review the liquidity of our operations. We measure free cash flow as cash flows provided by operating activities less capital expenditures. We believe that free cash flow is a useful financial metric to assess our ability to pursue business opportunities and investments. Free cash flow is not a measure of our liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flows provided by operating activities.
We caution readers that amounts presented in accordance with our definitions of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net income, and free cash flow may not be the same as similar measures used by other companies. Not all companies and analysts calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net income or free cash flow in the same manner. We compensate for these limitations by using these non-GAAP financial measures as supplements to GAAP financial measures and by presenting the reconciliations of the non-GAAP financial measures to their most comparable GAAP financial measures.
The following table reconciles EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net income and free cash flow to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance and liquidity measures for the periods indicated:
 Fiscal Year
 2018 2017* 2016* 2015* 2014*
 (in millions)
Net income (loss)$407
 $444
 $210
 $168
 $(73)
Interest expense—net175
 170
 229
 285
 289
Income tax provision (benefit)89
 (40) (79) 25
 36
Depreciation and amortization expense340
 378
 421
 399
 412
EBITDA1,011
 952
 782
 876
 664
Adjustments:         
Former Sponsor fees(1)

 
 36
 10
 10
Restructuring charges (benefit) and tangible asset impairments(2)
1
 (1) 53
 173
 
Share-based compensation expense(3)
28
 21
 18
 16
 12
Net LIFO reserve change(4)

 14
 (18) (74) 60
Loss on extinguishment of debt(5)

 
 54
 
 
Pension settlements(6)

 18
 
 
 2
Business transformation costs(7)
22
 40
 37
 46
 54
Formerly Proposed Sysco Acquisition termination fees—net(8)

 
 
 (288) 
Formerly Proposed Sysco Acquisition related costs(9)

 
 1
 85
 38
SGA acquisition related costs and other(10)
41
 14
 10
 31
 26
Adjusted EBITDA1,103
 1,058
 972
 875
 866
Depreciation and amortization expense(340) (378) (421) (399) (412)
Interest expense—net(175) (170) (229) (285) (289)
Income tax provision, as adjusted(11)
(146) (198) (1) (37) (39)
Adjusted net income$442
 $312
 $321
 $154
 $126
Free cash flow         
Cash flows from operating activities$609
 $749
 $549
 $555
 $402
Capital expenditures(235) (221) (164) (187) (147)
Free cash flow$374
 $528
 $385
 $368
 $255

(*)Prior year amounts may be rounded to conform with the current year presentation.
(1)Consists of fees paid to the Former Sponsors for consulting and management advisory services. On June 1, 2016, the consulting agreements with each of the Former Sponsors were terminated for an aggregate termination fee of $31 million.

(2)Consists primarily of facility related closing costs, including severance and related costs, tangible asset impairment charges and gains on sale, organizational realignment costs and estimated multiemployer pension withdrawal liabilities and settlements.
(3)Share-based compensation expense for expected vesting of stock awards and share purchase plan.
(4)Represents the non-cash impact of net LIFO reserve adjustments.
(5)Includes fees paid to debt holders, third party costs, the write off of certain pre-existing unamortized deferred financing costs related to the 2016 and 2013 debt refinancing transactions; early redemption premium and the write-off of unamortized issue premium related to the June 2016 debt refinancing; and the loss related to the September 2016 defeasance of our commercial mortgage backed securities (the “CMBS Fixed Facility”). See Note 12, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements for a further description of the 2016 debt transactions.
(6)Consists of settlement charges resulting from lump-sum payments to retirees and former employees participating in several Company sponsored pension plans. See Note 18, Retirement Plans, in our consolidated financial statements for a further description of the 2017 pension settlement charges.
(7)Consists primarily of costs related to significant process and systems redesign across multiple functions.
(8)Consists of net fees received in connection with the termination of the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated December 8, 2013 with Sysco Corporation (“Sysco”), through which Sysco would have acquired US Foods (the “Formerly Proposed Sysco Acquisition”).
(9)Consists of costs related to the Formerly Proposed Sysco Acquisition, including certain employee retention costs.
(10)2018 primarily consists of acquisition related costs related to the announced acquisition of SGA Food Group Companies. Prior year amounts include gains, losses or charges as specified under the agreements governing our indebtedness.
(11)Represents our income tax provision (benefit) adjusted for the tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted net income and the removal of applicable discrete tax items. Applicable discrete tax items include changes in tax laws or rates, changes related to prior year unrecognized tax benefits, discrete changes in valuation allowances, excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation, and the tax benefits recognized in continuing operations due to the existence of a gain in other comprehensive income and loss in continuing operations. The tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted net income is computed using a statutory tax rate after taking into account the impact of permanent differences and valuation allowances. We released a valuation allowance against federal and certain state net deferred tax assets in fiscal year 2016. We were required to reflect the portion of the valuation allowance release related to 2016 ordinary income in the estimated annual effective tax rate and the portion of the valuation allowance release related to future years’ income discretely in fiscal year 2016. We maintained a valuation allowance against federal and state net deferred tax assets for fiscal years 2014 and 2015. The result was an immaterial tax effect related to pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted net income for fiscal years 2014 through 2016.

A reconciliation between the GAAP income tax provision (benefit) and the income tax provision, as adjusted, is as follows:
 Fiscal Year
 2018 2017* 2016* 2015* 2014*
 (in millions)
GAAP income tax provision (benefit)$89
 $(40) $(79) $25
 $36
Tax impact of pre-tax income adjustments22
 39
 
 
 
Discrete tax items35
 199
 80
 12
 3
Income tax provision, as adjusted$146
 $198
 $1
 $37
 $39
(*) Prior year amounts may be rounded to conform with the current year presentation.





Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis is intended to help the reader understand the Company, our financial condition and results of operations and our present business environment. It should be read together with Item 6 of Part II, “Selected Financial Data,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following discussion and analysis contain certain financial measures that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP.accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”). We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information about our operating performance because they exclude amounts that our management does not consider part of core operating results when assessing our performance and underlying trends.liquidity. Information regarding reconciliations of and the rationale for these measures is discussed in “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” inbelow.
The following includes a comparison of our consolidated results of operations for fiscal years 2021 and 2020. For a comparison of our consolidated results of operations for fiscal years 2020 and 2019, see Item 67 of Part II, “Selected“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Data.”Condition and Results of Operations”, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021, filed with the SEC on February 16, 2021.
COVID-19
Our operations, our industry and the U.S. economy continue to be disrupted by the COVID-19 pandemic and related supply chain disruptions and labor shortages. The timing and extent of the economic recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic is dependent upon many factors, including the rate of vaccination, the emergence and severity of COVID-19 variants, the continued effectiveness of the vaccines against those variants, the frequency of booster vaccinations and the duration and implications of continued restrictions and safety measures.
Impact of COVID-19 on Our Business
We continue to actively monitor the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on all aspects of our business including related actions taken by government authorities. We saw improvement in Net sales and total case volumes during fiscal year 2021 coinciding with declining infection rates and loosening of indoor dining restrictions and other safety measures. Overall demand started to return to pre-COVID-19 levels at times during 2021; however, full year case volumes remained lower than pre-COVID-19 levels.
Economic and operating conditions for our business have improved in each quarter of 2021 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2020. However, uncertainty around the pandemic persists and, as a result, we and the industry may continue to face pandemic-related challenges, such as the recent Omicron variant and related case increases, as the recovery continues, such as constraints on the availability of product supply, increased product and logistics costs, labor shortages, inflation and shifts in the buying patterns of our customers. Therefore, we are unable to predict the duration and extent to which the pandemic will continue to impact our results of operations. We are optimistic about the long-term prospects for our business. US Foods operates in a large and essential industry with a highly diversified set of end consumers.
As one of the largest companies in our industry, we believe we are well positioned for long-term success as the fragmented nature of our industry and the current environment create new opportunities for companies with the size and resources of US Foods. We believe we are differentiated from many of our competitors on a number of fronts including our national footprint, multi-channel platform, strong technology capabilities and value-added service offerings, all of which allowed us to continue to serve our customers during the challenges created by the COVID-19 pandemic. Our product development efforts continue to deliver product innovations that resonate with our customers.
Operating Metrics
Case growth—Case growth, by customer type (e.g., independent restaurants) is reported as of a point in time. Customers periodically are reclassified, based on changes in size or other characteristics, and when those changes occur, the respective customer’s historical volume follows its new classification.
Organic growth—Organic growth includes growth from operating business that has been reflected in our results of operations for at least 12 months.
Industry Trends
Within the foodservice distribution industry, there have recently been mixed sales results among different customer types having varying sizes and growth profiles and differing product and service requirements. Independent restaurants, a customer type of strategic focus for us, grew during 2018. We believe we have capitalized on innovative product offerings and our e-commerce and technology solutions to grow our mix with independent restaurants, and have made gains in this area. National chain restaurants experienced mild industry growth during 2018; however, we experienced declines with this customer type from strategically planned exits from certain national chain business.
Fiscal Year 2021 Highlights
OurFinancial Highlights—Total case volume in 2018 decreased 1.2%. Strategically planned national chain customer exits were partially offset by organicincreased 16.9% and independent restaurant case growthvolume increased 28.0% in fiscal year 2021. Excluding the impact of the extra week in fiscal year 2020, total case volume increased 18.8% and growth due to acquisitions completedindependent restaurant case volume increased 30.2% in 2017.fiscal year 2021. Net sales increased slightly$6,602 million, or 28.8%, in fiscal year 2021 primarily due to year over yearvolume improvements commensurate with easing of COVID-19 restrictions on our customers, year-over-year inflation as a significant portionin multiple product categories, and the acquisition of our business is basedSmart Foodservice. The increase in Net sales due to the contributions from the Smart Foodservice acquisition, which was acquired on markups over cost,April 24, 2020, contributed Net sales of $1,183 million and net sales from acquisitions offset the decline in case volume.$759 million for fiscal years 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Gross profit increased $88$936 million, or 2.1%25.2%, to $4,306$4,655 million in 2018.fiscal year 2021, primarily as a result of the increase in Net sales, pricing optimization, inflation in multiple categories, and the acquisition of Smart Foodservice. These increases in gross profit were
25


partially offset by unfavorable year-over-year last-in first-out (“LIFO”) adjustments. As a percentage of netNet sales, gross profit was 17.8% as15.8% in fiscal year 2021, compared to 17.5%16.3% in 2017. This increase was primarily attributable to the impact of margin expansion initiatives andfiscal year over year LIFO inventory reserve adjustments.2020.
Total operating expenses increased $18$435 million, or 0.5%11.5%, to $3,648$4,231 million in 2018,fiscal year 2021. The increase was primarily as a result of acquisition relateddue to higher supply chain labor costs and higher payrollincreased non-labor distribution costs related to increased sales volume due to the recovery. The increase in total operating expenses was also due to the inclusion of operating expenses from the Smart Foodservice acquisition.
Smart Foodservice Acquisition—On April 24, 2020, USF completed the acquisition of Smart Foodservice. Total consideration paid at the closing of the acquisition was $972 million (net of cash acquired). The acquisition of Smart Foodservice expanded the Company’s cash and related costs, which were partially offset by lower amortization expense.
Outlook
With favorable trends in consumer confidence and the unemployment rate, we expect positive growthcarry business in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry in 2019. General economic trendsWest and conditions, including demographic changes, inflation, deflation, consumer confidence, and disposable income, coupled with changing tastes and preferences, influence the amount that consumers spend on food-away-from-home, which can affect our customers and, in turn, our sales. On balance, we believe that these general trends will support positive real growth in food-away-from-home consumption and the growthNorthwest parts of the U.S. foodservice distribution industry sales, particularly toThe assets, liabilities and results of operations of Smart Foodservice have been included in our target customer types. We expect competitive pressures to remain high and a moderate amount of inflation in 2019. Given that a large portion of our business is based on a contracted margin percentage or markups over cost, sudden inflation or prolonged deflation could negatively impact our sales and gross profit. Weconsolidated financial statements since the date the acquisition was completed.


expect sales to our independent restaurant customers, which generally have higher margins, to continue to be an increasing proportion of our sales mix. Favorable customer mix, additional volume from acquisitions and other sourcing initiatives should also continue to contribute to our ability to expand our margins. In July 2018, we announced that we agreed to acquire the SGA Food Group Companies for $1.8 billion in cash, the closing of which remains subject to receipt of required regulatory approvals and other customary conditions. Additionally, we believe our investments in a common technology platform, efficient transactional and operational model, e-commerce and analytic tools that support our team-based selling approach, coupled with product innovation, will enable us to continue to leverage our costs, maintain our sales, and differentiate us from our competitors.
Our strategy includes continued focus on executing our growth strategies, adding value for and differentiating ourselves with our customers, and driving continued operational improvement in the business.
26






Results of Operations
The following table presents selected consolidated results of operations of our business for fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019:
Fiscal Year
202120202019
(in millions)
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Net sales$29,487 $22,885 $25,939 
Cost of goods sold24,832 19,166 21,352 
Gross profit4,655 3,719 4,587 
Operating expenses:
Distribution, selling and administrative costs4,220 3,757 3,888 
Restructuring costs and asset impairment charges11 39 — 
Total operating expenses4,231 3,796 3,888 
Operating income (loss)424 (77)699 
Other (income) expense—net(26)(21)
Interest expense—net213 238 184 
Loss on extinguishment of debt23 — — 
Income (loss) before income taxes214 (294)511 
Income tax provision (benefit)50 (68)126 
Net income (loss)164 (226)385 
Series A Preferred Stock dividends(43)(28)— 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders$121 $(254)$385 
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic$0.55 $(1.15)$1.77 
Diluted$0.54 $(1.15)$1.75 
Weighted-average number of shares used in per share amounts:
Basic222 220 218 
Diluted225 220 220 
Percentage of Net Sales:
Gross profit15.8 %16.3 %17.7 %
Operating expenses14.3 %16.6 %15.0 %
Operating income (loss)1.4 %(0.3)%2.7 %
Net income (loss)0.6 %(1.0)%1.5 %
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
3.6 %2.8 %4.6 %
Other Data:
Cash flows—operating activities$419 $413 $760 
Cash flows—investing activities(262)(1,110)(1,987)
Cash flows—financing activities(837)1,427 1,220 
Capital expenditures274 189 258 
EBITDA(1)
805 366 1,057 
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
1,057 648 1,194 
Adjusted net income (1)
388 48 523 
Free cash flow(2)
145 224 502 
(1)    EBITDA is defined as net income (loss), plus interest expense—net, income tax provision (benefit), and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted for (1) restructuring costs and asset impairment charges; (2) share-based compensation expense; (3) the last three fiscal years:
 Fiscal Year
 2018 2017* 2016*
 (in millions)
Consolidated Statements of Operations:     
Net sales$24,175
 $24,147
 $22,919
Cost of goods sold19,869
 19,929
 18,866
Gross profit4,306
 4,218
 4,053
Operating expenses:     
Distribution, selling and administrative costs3,647
 3,631
 3,581
Restructuring charges (benefit) and tangible asset impairments1
 (1) 53
Total operating expenses3,648
 3,630
 3,634
Operating income658
 588
 419
Other (income) expense—net(13) 14
 5
Interest expense—net175
 170
 229
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
 54
Income before income taxes496
 404
 131
Income tax provision (benefit)89
 (40) (79)
Net income$407
 $444
 $210
Percentage of Net Sales:     
Gross profit17.8% 17.5% 17.7%
Distribution, selling and administrative costs15.1% 15.0% 15.6%
Operating expense15.1% 15.0% 15.9%
Operating income2.7% 2.4% 1.8%
Net income1.7% 1.8% 0.9%
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
4.6% 4.4% 4.2%
Other Data:     
Cash flows—operating activities$609
 $749
 $549
Cash flows—investing activities(232) (356) (762)
Cash flows—financing activities(391) (405) (180)
Capital expenditures235
 221
 164
EBITDA(1)
1,011
 952
 782
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
1,103
 1,058
 972
Adjusted net income(1)
442
 312
 321
Free cash flow(2)
374
 528
 385
(*)Prior year amounts may be rounded to conform with the current year presentation.
(1)EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted net income are non-GAAP measures used by management to measure operating performance. EBITDA is defined as net income (loss), plus interest expense—net, income tax provision (benefit), and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted for (1) Former Sponsor fees; (2) restructuring (benefit) charges and tangible asset impairments; (3) share-based compensation expense; (4) the non-cash impact of LIFO reserve adjustments; (5) loss on extinguishment of debt; (6) pension settlements; (7) business transformation costs; and (8) other gains, losses, or charges as specified in the agreements governing our indebtedness. Adjusted net income is defined as net income (loss) excluding the items used to calculate Adjusted EBITDA listed above and further adjusted for the tax effect of the exclusions and discrete tax items. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted net income as presented in this Annual Report are supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by—or presented in accordance with—GAAP. They are not measurements of our performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP.
(2)Free cash flow is a non-GAAP measure that is defined as cash flows provided by operating activities less capital expenditures. Free cash flow is used by management as a supplemental measure of our liquidity. We believe that free cash flow is a useful financial metric to assess our ability to pursue business opportunities and investments. Free cash flow is not a measure of our liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flows provided by operating activities.

Seenon-cash impact of LIFO reserve adjustments; (4) loss on extinguishment of debt; (5) pension settlements; (6) business transformation costs; and (7) other gains, losses, or costs as specified in the agreements governing our indebtedness. Adjusted net income is defined as net income excluding the items used to calculate Adjusted EBITDA listed above and further adjusted for the tax effect of the exclusions and discrete tax items. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted net income as presented in this Annual Report are supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with GAAP. They are not measurements of our performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP. For additional information, see the discussion under the caption “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” below.
27


(2)    Free cash flow is defined as cash flows provided by operating activities less cash capital expenditures. Free cash flow as presented in this Annual Report is a supplemental measure of our liquidity that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. It is not a measure of our liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flows provided by operating activities, or any other liquidity measures derived in accordance with GAAP. For additional information, see the discussion under the caption “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” below.
Non-GAAP Reconciliations
We provide EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net income and Free cash flow as supplemental measures to GAAP financial measures regarding our operating performance and liquidity. These non-GAAP financial measures, as defined above, exclude the impact of certain items and, therefore, have not been calculated in accordance with GAAP.
We believe EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide meaningful supplemental information about our operating performance because they exclude amounts that we do not consider part of our core operating results when assessing our performance.
We believe that Adjusted net income is a useful measure of operating performance for both management and investors because it excludes items that are not reflective of our core operating performance and provides an additional view of our operating performance including depreciation, interest expense and income taxes on a consistent basis from period to period. We believe that Adjusted net income may be used by investors, analysts and other interested parties to facilitate period-over-period comparisons and provides additional clarity as to how factors and trends impact our operating performance.
Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures (1) to evaluate our historical and prospective financial performance as well as our performance relative to our competitors as they assist in highlighting trends, (2) to set internal sales targets and spending budgets, (3) to measure operational profitability and the accuracy of forecasting, (4) to assess financial discipline over operational expenditures, and (5) as an important factor in determining variable compensation for management and employees. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are also used in connection with certain covenants and activity restrictions under the agreements governing our indebtedness. We also believe these and similar non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income are not measurements of our performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP.
We use Free cash flow as a supplemental measure to GAAP financial measures regarding the liquidity of our operations. We measure Free cash flow as cash flows provided by operating activities less cash capital expenditures. We believe that Free cash flow is a useful financial metric to assess our ability to pursue business opportunities and investments. Free cash flow is not a measure of our liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flows provided by operating activities or any other liquidity measures derived in accordance with GAAP.
We caution readers that amounts presented in accordance with our definitions of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net income, and Free cash flow may not be the same as similar measures used by other companies. Not all companies and analysts calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net income or Free cash flow in the same manner. We compensate for these limitations by using these non-GAAP financial measures as supplements to GAAP financial measures and by presenting the reconciliations of the non-GAAP financial measures to their most comparable GAAP financial measures.
28


The following table reconciles EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net income and Free cash flow to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance and liquidity measures for the periods indicated:
Fiscal Year
202120202019
(in millions)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders$121 $(254)$385 
Series A Preferred Stock dividends (see Note 14)(43)(28)— 
Net income (loss)164 (226)385 
Interest expense—net213 238 184 
Income tax provision (benefit)50 (68)126 
Depreciation expense323 343 311 
Amortization expense55 79 51 
EBITDA805 366 1,057 
Adjustments:
Restructuring costs and asset impairment charges(1)
11 39 — 
Share-based compensation expense(2)
48 40 32 
LIFO reserve adjustment(3)
165 25 22 
Loss on extinguishment of debt(4)
23 — — 
Pension settlements(5)
— — 12 
Business transformation costs(6)
22 22 
COVID-19 bad debt (benefit) expense(7)
(15)47 — 
COVID-19 product donations and inventory adjustments(8)
— 50 — 
COVID-19 other related expenses(9)
13 — 
Business acquisition and integration related costs and other(10)
(5)46 62 
Adjusted EBITDA1,057 648 1,194 
Depreciation expense(323)(343)(311)
Interest expense—net(213)(238)(184)
Income tax provision, as adjusted(11)
(133)(19)(176)
Adjusted net income(12)
$388 $48 $523 
Cash flow
Cash flows from operating activities$419 $413 $760 
Capital expenditures(274)(189)(258)
Free cash flow$145 $224 $502 
(1)    Consists primarily of severance and related costs, organizational realignment costs and asset impairment charges.
(2)    Share-based compensation expense for expected vesting of stock awards and employee stock purchase plan.
(3)    Represents the non-cash impact of LIFO reserve adjustments.
(4)    Includes early redemption premium and the write-off of certain pre-existing debt issuance costs. See Note 11, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements for additional information.
(5)    Consists of settlement costs resulting from payments to settle benefit obligations with participants in our defined benefit pension plan. See Note 18, Retirement Plans, in our consolidated financial statements for a further description of the pension settlement costs for fiscal year 2019.
(6)    Consists primarily of costs related to significant process and systems redesign across multiple functions.
(7)    Includes the changes in the reserve for doubtful accounts expense reflecting the collection risk associated with our customer base as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
(8) Includes COVID-19 related expenses related to inventory adjustments and product donations.
(9) Includes COVID-19 related costs that we are permitted to add back under certain agreements governing our indebtedness.
(10)    Includes: (i) aggregate acquisition and integration related costs of $22 million, $45 million and $52 million for fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively; (ii) favorable legal settlement recoveries of $29 million for fiscal year 2021; and (iii) other gains, losses or costs that we are permitted to add back for purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA under certain agreements governing our indebtedness.
(11)    Represents our income tax provision (benefit) adjusted for the tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted net income and the removal of applicable discrete tax items. Applicable discrete tax items include changes in tax laws or rates, changes related to prior year unrecognized tax benefits, discrete changes in valuation allowances, and excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation. The tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted net income is computed using a statutory tax rate after taking into account the impact of permanent differences and valuation allowances.
(12) Effective as of the first quarter 2021, we have presented Adjusted net income. Previously, we presented Adjusted net income (loss) available to common shareholders.
29



A reconciliation between the GAAP income tax provision (benefit) and the income tax provision, as adjusted, is as follows:
Fiscal Year
202120202019
(in millions)
GAAP income tax provision (benefit)$50 $(68)$126 
Tax impact of pre-tax income adjustments74 92 47 
Discrete tax items(5)
Income tax provision, as adjusted$133 $19 $176 


Comparison of these measures in “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” in Item 6 of Part II, “Selected Financial Data.”Results
Fiscal Years Ended December 29, 2018January 1, 2022 and December 30, 2017January 2, 2021
Highlights
Total case volume decreased 1.2%increased 16.9% and independent restaurant case volume increased 3.8%28.0% in 2018.fiscal year 2021. Excluding the impact of the extra week in fiscal year 2020, total case volume increased 18.8% and independent restaurant case volume increased 30.2% in fiscal year 2021.
Net sales of $24,175increased $6,602 million, were slightly higher asor 28.8% compared to 2017.$29,487 million in fiscal year 2021.
Operating income increased $70 million, or 11.9%, to $658was $424 million in 2018.fiscal year 2021, compared to an operating loss of $77 million in fiscal year 2020. As a percentage of net sales, operating income increased to 2.7%was 1.4% in 2018, as compared to 2.4%fiscal year 2021, and operating loss was 0.3% in 2017.fiscal year 2020.
Net income was $407$164 million in 2018, asfiscal year 2021, compared to $444a net loss of $226 million in 2017.fiscal year 2020.
Adjusted EBITDA increased $45$409 million, or 4.3%63.1%, to $1,103$1,057 million in 2018.fiscal year 2021. As a percentage of net sales, Adjusted EBITDA increased to 4.6%was 3.6% in 2018,fiscal year 2021, as compared to 4.4%2.8% in 2017.fiscal year 2020.
Net Sales
Total case volume decreased 1.2%increased 16.9% and independent restaurant case volume growth of 28.0% in 2018. The decrease reflected select planned chain customer exits, which were partially offset by growth with independent restaurants.fiscal year 2021. Excluding the impact of the extra week in fiscal year 2020, total case volume increased 18.8% in fiscal year 2021. Organic case volume decreased 1.6%increased 14.8% and organic independent restaurant case volume increased 25.1% in 2018, reflecting similar customer trends.fiscal year 2021. Excluding the impact of the extra week in fiscal year 2020, organic case volume increased 16.6% and organic independent restaurant case volume increased 27.1% in fiscal year 2021. The organic case volume increases were primarily driven by increased leisure and business travel and increased restaurant traffic due to eased Covid-19 related restrictions on our customers. Overall case volume increases were also due to the impact of the Smart Foodservice acquisition.
Net sales of $24,175increased $6,602 million, or 28.8%, to $29,487 million in 2018 were slightly higher as compared to the prior year. A 1.3%fiscal year 2021, comprised of a $3,876 million, or 16.9%, increase in total case volume and a $2,726 million, or $320 million,11.9%, increase in the overall netNet sales rate per case. The increase in Net sales rate per case was partially offset byprimarily reflects a 1.2%, or $292 million, decreaseyear-over-year average inflation increase of 8.9% in case volume. Acquisitions completedmultiple product categories including poultry, beef, disposables and pork, as well as favorable changes in 2017 increased netour product mix. The year-over-year increase in inflation benefited Net sales by approximately $137 million, or 0.4%, in 2018. Salessince a significant portion of our Net sales is based on a pre-established markup over product cost. Organic sales of private brands represented approximately 35% and 34% of total netNet sales in 2018both 2021 and 2017, respectively.
2020. The overall netincrease in Net sales rate per case increased 1.3%was also due to contributions from the Smart Foodservice acquisition. Smart Foodservice contributed Net sales of $1,183 million in 2021 compared to 2017, which increase was mostly comprised of inflation. We experienced year over year inflation$759 million in the beef and grocery categories, which benefited net sales, as a significant portion of our business is based on markups over cost.2020.
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased $88$936 million, or 2.1%25.2%, to $4,306$4,655 million in 2018. Asfiscal year 2021, primarily as a percentageresult of netthe increase in Net sales, pricing optimization, inflation in multiple categories, and $50 million of COVID-19 related product donations and inventory adjustments in fiscal year 2020. These increases in gross profit increased 0.3% in 2018, from 17.5% in 2017 to 17.8% in 2018,were partially offset by unfavorable year-over-year LIFO adjustments primarily due to the favorable rate impact from margin expansion initiatives and year over year LIFO adjustments.inflation. Our LIFO method of inventory costing resulted in de minimis expense of $165 million in 2018fiscal year 2021, compared to expense of $14$25 million in 2017, whichfiscal year 2020. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales was 15.8% in fiscal year 2021, compared to 16.3% in fiscal year 2020, primarily driven by lower product inflationour increase in certain categoriesLIFO expense in 2018fiscal year 2021 as compared to 2017.fiscal year 2020.
30


Operating Expenses
Operating expenses, comprised of distribution, selling and administrative costs and restructuring costs and asset impairment charges, (benefit), increased $18$435 million, or 0.5%11.5%, to $3,648$4,231 million in 2018.fiscal year 2021. Operating expenses as a percentage of net sales were 15.1%14.3% in 2018, up from 15.0%fiscal year 2021, compared to 16.6% in 2017.fiscal year 2020. The increase includes $32 million of 2018 acquisition relatedin operating expenses is primarily due to higher supply chain labor costs $17million of additional depreciation expense relatedand non-labor distribution costs, attributable to recent propertyincreased sales volume and equipment additions and $14million of higher diesel fuel costs, whichwage inflation as compared to the prior year period. These increases in operating expenses were partially offset by a reductionan $87 million lower provision for doubtful accounts during fiscal year 2021, cost savings initiated in amortization expense2020 and favorable legal settlement recoveries of $55$29 million driven primarily by the completed amortization of the customer relationship intangible asset initially recognized in connection with the acquisition of the Company by the Former Sponsors in 2007.fiscal year 2021.
Operating Income (Loss)
OperatingOur operating income increased $70 million, or 11.9%, to $658was $424 million in 2018.fiscal year 2021, compared to an operating loss of $77 million in fiscal year 2020. Operating income as a percentage of netNet sales was 2.7%1.4% in 2018, up from 2.4%fiscal year 2021, while operating loss as a percentage of Net sales was 0.3% in 2017.fiscal year 2020. The changeincrease in operating income was due to the relevant factors discussed in the relevant sections above.

Other (Income) Expense-NetExpense—Net
Other (income) expense-netexpense—net includes components of net periodic (credits) benefit costs (credits), exclusive of the service cost component associated with our defined benefit and other postretirement plans. We recognized other incomeincome—net of $13$26 million and $21 million fiscal years 2021 and 2020, respectively. The increase in 2018,other income—net in 2021 is primarily due to the improved funded status of our defined benefit and other postretirement retirement plans as of December 30, 2017. The $14 million of expense incurred in 2017 was primarily duepension plan compared to settlement charges resulting from a voluntary lump sum offer to former participants in our defined benefit pension plan.fiscal year 2020.
Interest Expense—Net
Interest expense—net increased $5decreased $25 million in 2018,fiscal year 2021, primarily due to the general increasea decrease in benchmarkoutstanding debt and reduced interest rates in 2018fiscal year 2021 compared to 2017, and partially offset by lower debt levels in 2018.fiscal year 2020.
Income Taxes
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. federal government enacted the Tax Act. The Tax Act made broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to, (1) a reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate; and (2) bonus depreciation that permits full expensing of qualified property. The Tax Act reduced the corporate tax rate to 21%, which was effective January 1, 2018.
Our effective income tax rate for 2018fiscal year 2021 of 18%23% varied from the 21% federal statutorycorporate income tax rate, primarily as a result of state income taxes and the recognition of various discrete tax items. These discrete tax items included an aggregate tax benefit of $10 million consisting of a tax benefit of $21 million. This tax benefit primarily$2 million related to (1) the reduction ofa decrease in an unrecognized tax benefit due to the receipt of an affirmative written consent from the IRS to change a method of accounting, (2)and a tax benefit of $6$8 million, primarily related to excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensationcompensation.
Our effective income tax rate for fiscal year2020 of 23% varied from the 21% federal corporate income tax rate, primarily as a result of state income taxes and (3)the recognition of various discrete tax items. These discrete tax items included a tax expense of $2 million primarily related to an increase in an unrecognized tax benefit and a tax expense of $1 million, primarily related to a tax benefit of $8 million resulting from the adjustments to finalize provisional amounts recorded as of December 30, 2017 related to the reduction of the federal corporate tax rate. The effective tax rate for 2017 of (10)% varied from the 35% federal statutory rate, primarily from a tax benefit of $173 million related to the aforementioned reduction in the federal corporate tax rate, and a benefit of $26 million related to excess tax benefitsshortfall associated with share-based compensation, which were partially offset by state income taxes. See Note 21, Income Taxes, in our consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation of our effective tax rates to the statutory rate.compensation.
Net Income (Loss)
Our net income was $407$164 million in 2018,fiscal year 2021, compared to $444a net loss of $226 million in 2017.fiscal year 2020. The decreaseincrease in net income was due to the relevant factors discussed above.
Fiscal Years Ended December 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016
Highlights
Total case volume increased 2.9% and independent restaurant case volume increased 5.2% in 2017.
Net sales increased $1,228 million, or 5.4%, to $24,147 million in 2017.
Operating income increased $169 million, or 40.3%, to $588 million in 2017.  As a percentage of net sales, operating income increased to 2.4% in 2017, compared to 1.8% in 2016.
Net income was $444 million in 2017, as compared to $210 million in 2016.
Adjusted EBITDA increased $86 million, or 8.8%, to $1,058 million in 2017. As a percentage of net sales, Adjusted EBITDA increased 4.4% in 2017, compared to 4.2% in 2016.
Net Sales
Total case growth in 2017 was 2.9%. The increase reflected growth with independent restaurants, healthcare, and hospitality, which was partially offset by declines in education. Organic case volume increased 1.7% and reflected similar customer growth trends and some planned exits from national chains.

Net sales increased $1,228 million, or 5.4%, to $24,147 million in 2017, comprised of a 2.9%, or $675 million, increase in case volume and a 2.5%, or $553 million, increase in the overall net sales rate per case. Acquisitions increased net sales by approximately $387 million, or 1.6%, in 2017. Sales of private brands represented approximately 34% and 33% of total net sales in 2017 and 2016, respectively.
The overall net sales rate per case increase of 2.5% in 2017 compared to 2016, which was mostly attributable to inflation, as a significant portion of our business is based on markups over cost. We experienced year over year inflation in the grocery, poultry, seafood, pork, and fresh produce product categories, partially offset by deflation in beef.
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased $165 million, or 4.1%, to $4,218 million in 2017 due to higher volume and margin expansion initiatives. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit decreased 0.2% from 17.7% in 2016 to 17.5% in 2017. Gross profit from acquisitions was offset by lower organic margins, including higher inbound freight costs, and the adverse impact of year over year LIFO adjustments. Our LIFO method of inventory costing resulted in $14 million of expense in 2017 compared to a benefit of $18 million in 2016, which was driven by product inflation in 2017 compared to deflation in 2016.
Distribution, Selling and Administrative Costs
Distribution, selling and administrative costs increased $50 million, or 1.4%, to $3,631 million in 2017. The increase includes $90 million from salaries and wages, which was primarily driven by wage inflation and volume, and $11 million due to the absence of a net insurance benefit in the prior year related to a facility tornado loss. The additional volume contributed to $11 million of additional repairs and maintenance inclusive of our vehicle fleet and additional insurance costs on the fleet portfolio. In 2017, we also experienced $7 million of higher bad debt provisions, $5 million of additional IT costs, and approximately $11 million of other net costs that were not individually significant. These increases were partially offset by the absence of $36 million of costs incurred under a consulting and management agreement with the Former Sponsors in 2016, including a $31 million contract termination fee incurred concurrently with our initial public offering (“IPO”), and $46 million of lower depreciation and amortization in 2017 primarily driven by the completed amortization of the customer relationship intangible asset initially recognized upon acquisition of the Company by the Former Sponsors in 2007.
As a percentage of net sales, distribution, selling and administrative costs decreased 0.6% to 15.0% in 2017, compared to 15.6% in 2016. This decrease was primarily attributable to the absence of the Former Sponsor termination fee and lower amortization discussed above. We also experienced improvement in the rate of distribution, selling and administrative costs as a percent of net sales due to net sales inflation experienced during 2017.
Restructuring (Benefit) Charges and Tangible Asset Impairments
Restructuring charges decreased $54 million to a benefit of $1 million in 2017. During 2017, net costs of $2 million were recognized related to initiatives launched in 2016 to centralize certain field procurement and replenishment activities and reduce corporate and administrative costs. These costs were offset by a $3million gain on the sale of a distribution facility that closed in 2016.
During 2016, we incurred a net charge of $53 million associated with our plan to streamline our field operations model, the closure of a distribution facility, and certain other corporate and administrative cost reduction initiatives. Included in the charge was a benefit of $4 million related to a favorable settlement of substantially all of our multiemployer pension withdrawal liabilities related to previously closed facilities. Finally, we also incurred $3 million related to a lease termination settlement, which is included in the $53 million net charge.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses, comprised of distribution, selling and administrative costs and restructuring (benefit) charges, decreased $4 million, or 0.1%, to $3,630 million in 2017. Operating expenses as a percentage of net sales were 15.0% in 2017, down from 15.9% in 2016. The change was due to the relevant factors discussed above.

Operating Income
Operating income increased $169 million, or 40.3%, to $588 million in 2017. Operating income as a percent of net sales was 2.4% in 2017, up from 1.8% in 2016. The change was due to the relevant factors discussed above.
Other (Income) Expense-Net
Other (income) expense-net includes components of net periodic (credits) benefit costs, exclusive of the service cost component associated with our defined benefit and other postretirement plans. We incurred $14 million and $5 million of net expense in 2017 and 2016, respectively, primarily due to non-cash settlement charges resulting from lump sum payments to former participants in our defined benefit pension plan.
Interest Expense—Net
Interest expense—net decreased $59 million, primarily due to the reduction of substantial debt with the proceeds from our 2016 IPO and the defeasance and refinancing of certain other debt during 2016. For additional information, see Note 12, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
As discussed in Note 12, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements, we incurred a $54 million loss on extinguishment of debt in 2016 related to the June 2016 debt redemption and refinancing and the CMBS Fixed Facility defeasance.
Income Taxes

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. federal government enacted the Tax Act. The Tax Act made broad and complex changes to the U.S. federal income tax code, including, but not limited to, (1) a reduction of the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate and (2) the full expensing of qualified property. The Tax Act reduced the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. Consequently, we have reduced our deferred tax liabilities by $173 million and recognized a deferred income tax benefit of $173 million for fiscal year 2017.
We released the previously recorded valuation allowance against our federal net deferred tax assets and certain of our state net deferred tax assets in 2016, as we determined it was more likely than not the deferred tax assets would be realized. We maintained a valuation allowance on certain state net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards expected to expire unutilized as a result of insufficient forecasted taxable income in the carryforward period or limited utilization. The decision to release the valuation allowance was made after management considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, including, but not limited to, historical operating results, cumulative income in recent years, forecasted earnings, and a reduction of uncertainty regarding forecasted earnings, as a result of developments in certain customer and strategic initiatives during 2016.
Our effective tax rate for 2017 of (10.0)% varied from the 35% federal statutory rate, primarily as a result of a tax benefit of $173 million related to the aforementioned reduction in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate, and a tax benefit of $26 million related to excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation, which were partially offset by state income taxes. Our effective tax rate for 2016 of (60)% varied from the 35% federal statutory rate primarily as a result of a change in the valuation allowance. During 2016, the valuation allowance decreased $128 million, primarily as a result of the year-to-date pre-tax income and the partial release of the valuation allowance. See Note 21, Income Taxes, in our consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation of our effective tax rates to the statutory rate.
Net Income
Our net income was $444 million in 2017, compared to $210 million in 2016. The improvement in net income was due to the relevant factors discussed above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our ongoing operations and strategic objectives require working capital and continuing capital investment. Our primary sources of liquidity include cash provided by operations, as well as access to capital from bank borrowings and other types of debt and financing arrangements. As of January 1, 2022, the Company had approximately $1.9 billion in cash and available liquidity.
Indebtedness
As of December 29, 2018, theThe aggregate carrying value of our indebtedness was $3,457$5,011 million, net of $56 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of January 1, 2022.
On February 4, 2021, we issued $900 million aggregate principal amount of 4.75% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029”), the proceeds of which were used, together with cash on hand, to (i) redeem all of the Company's then outstanding 5.875% Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024”), (ii) repay all of the then outstanding borrowings under the incremental senior secured term loan maturing on April 24, 2025 (the “2020 Incremental Term Loan”) and (iii) pay related fees and expenses. The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 had an outstanding balance of $892 million, net of $8 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of January 1, 2022.
On November 22, 2021, we (i) issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 4.625% Senior Notes due 2030 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030”) and (ii) entered into a new incremental senior secured term “B” loan facility in an aggregate principal amount
31


of $900 million (the “2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility”) pursuant to a Ninth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2016 (as amended, the “Term Loan Credit Agreement”). The net proceeds from the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030, together with the borrowings under the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility and approximately $400 million of cash on hand were used to repay the senior secured term loan maturing on June 27, 2023 (the “Initial Term Loan Facility”) and to pay related fees and expenses. The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 had an outstanding balance of $495 million, net of $5 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of January 1, 2022. The 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility had a carrying value of $893 million, net of $7 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of January 1, 2022.
We had no outstanding borrowings and had issued letters of credit totaling $268 million under the ABL Facility as of January 1, 2022. There was remaining capacity of $1,722 million under the ABL Facility based on our borrowing base as of January 1, 2022.
The incremental senior secured term loan borrowed in September 2019 (the “2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility”) had a carrying value of $1,442 million, net of $25 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of January 1, 2022.
The Company’s 6.25% senior secured notes due April 15, 2025 (the “Secured Notes”) had a carrying value of $989 million, net of $11 million of unamortized deferred financing costs.
As of December 29, 2018, we had aggregate commitments for additional borrowings under our ABL Facility and our ABS Facility of $1,372 million, of which $1,302 million was available based on our borrowing base.
The ABL Facility provides for loans of up to $1,300 million, with its capacity limited by our borrowing base. As of December 29, 2018, we had outstanding borrowings of $81 million and had issued letters of credit totaling $372 million under the ABL Facility. There was available capacity on the ABL Facility of $847 million at December 29, 2018, based on our borrowing base.
The maximum capacity under the ABS Facility is $800 million, with its capacity limited by our borrowing base. Borrowings under the ABS Facility were $275 million at December 29, 2018. At our option, we can request additional ABS Facility borrowings up to the maximum commitment, provided sufficient eligible receivables are available as collateral. There was available capacity on the ABS Facility of $455 million at December 29, 2018, based on our borrowing base.
The Term Loan Facility had a carrying value of $2,145 millioncosts, as of December 29, 2018, net of $6 million of unamortized deferred financing costs. On June 22, 2018, we amended the Term Loan Facility to lower the interest rate margins on outstanding borrowings, among other things. During 2017, we entered into four-year interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $1.1billion, reducing to $825million in the fourth year. These swaps effectively converted approximately half of the principal amount of the Term Loan Facility from a variable to a fixed rate loan.January 1, 2022. We effectively pay an aggregate rate of3.71% on the notional amount covered by the interest rate swaps, comprised of a rate of 1.71% plus a spread of 2.00%. For the remaining portion of the principal amount of the Term Loan Facility, the interest rate is an alternative base rate (“ABR”) plus 1.00%, or LIBOR plus 2.00%, which we may periodically elect at our option.
As of December 29, 2018, our Senior Notes had a carrying value of $595 million, net of $5 million of unamortized deferred financing costs.  The Senior Notes bear interest at 5.875% and mature on June 15, 2024.  On or after June 15, 2019, the Senior Notes are redeemable, at our option, in whole or in part at a price of 102.938% of their remaining principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. On or after June 15, 2020 and June 15, 2021, the optional redemption price for the Senior Notes declines to 101.469% and 100.0%, respectively, of their remaining principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. Prior to June 15, 2019, up to 40% of the Senior Notes may be redeemed with the aggregate proceeds from certain equity offerings at a redemption premium of 105.875%.
As of December 29, 2018, we also had $352$292 million of obligations under capitalfinancing leases for transportation equipment and building leases.leases as of January 1, 2022.
TheABL Facility and the ABS Facility will mature in 2020.2024. The 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility and the Senior Notes2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility will mature in 20232026 and 2024, respectively, with scheduled principal payments of $2.1 billion and $600 million,2028, respectively. As economic conditions permit, we will consider further opportunities to repurchase, refinance or otherwise reduce our debt obligations on favorable terms. Any further potential debt reduction or refinancing could require significant use of our other available liquidity and capital resources.
We believe that the combination of cash generated from operations, together with availabilityborrowing capacity under the agreements governing our indebtedness and other financing arrangements, will be adequate to permit us to meet our debt service obligations, ongoing costs of operations, working capital needs, and capital expenditure requirements for the next 12 months.
Our credit facilities, loanThe agreements and indenturesgoverning our indebtedness contain customary covenants. These include, among other things, covenants that restrict USF’sour ability to incur certain additional indebtedness, create or permit liens on our assets,

pay dividends, or engage in mergers or consolidations. For additional information, see Item 1A of Part I, “Risk Factors-Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness.” As of December 29, 2018, USF had $991 millionapproximately $1.4 billion of restricted payment capacity under these covenants and approximately $2,238 million$2.8 billion of its net assets were restricted after taking into consideration the net deferred tax assets and intercompany balances that eliminate in consolidation.
Certainconsolidation as of our agreements governing our indebtedness also contain customary events of default. These include, without limitation, the failure to pay interest or principal when it is due under the agreements, cross default provisions, the failure of representations and warranties contained in the agreements to be true, and certain insolvency events. If an event of default occurs and remains uncured, the principal amounts outstanding, together with all unpaid interest and other amounts owed, may be declared immediately due and payable by the lenders. Were such an event to occur, we would be forced to seek new financing that may not be on as favorable terms as our current facilities. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness on favorable terms, or at all, is directly affected by the current economic and financial conditions. In addition, our ability to incur secured indebtedness (which may enable us to achieve more favorable terms than the incurrence of unsecured indebtedness) depends in part on the value of our assets. This, in turn, is dependent on the strength of our cash flows, results of operations, economic and market conditions and other factors. As of December 29, 2018, we were in compliance with all of our debt covenants.
Our future financial and operating performance, ability to service or refinance our debt, and ability to comply with covenants and restrictions contained in the agreements governing our indebtedness will be subject to: (1) future economic conditions, (2) the financial health of our customers and suppliers, and (3) financial, business, and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.January 1, 2022.
Every quarter, we review rating agency changes for all of the lenders that have a continuing obligation to provide us with funding. We are not aware of any facts that indicate our lenders will not be able to comply with the contractual terms of their agreements with us. We continue to monitor the credit markets generally and the strength of our lender counterparties.

From time to time, we repurchase or otherwise retire our debt and take other steps to reduce our debt or otherwise improve our leverage. These actions may include open market repurchases, negotiated repurchases, and other retirements of outstanding debt. The amount of debt that may be repurchased or otherwise retired, if any, will depend on market conditions, our debt trading levels, our cash position, and other considerations.
SGA Food Group AcquisitionSee Note 11, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements for a further description of our indebtedness.

On July 28, 2018, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with SGA under which we agreed to acquire the SGA’s Food Group of Companies for $1.8 billion in cash.  The closing of the contemplated transaction is subject to customary conditions, including the receipt of required regulatory approvals.  To fund a substantial portion of the consideration, we also entered into a commitment letter under which the Committed Parties committed to provide USF with a $1.5 billion senior secured term loan facility.
Cash Flows
The following table presents condensed highlights from our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal years 2018, 20172021 and 2016:2020:
Fiscal Year
20212020
(in millions)
Net income (loss)$164 $(226)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities(230)154 
Other adjustments485 485 
Net cash provided by operating activities419 413 
Net cash used in investing activities(262)(1,110)
Net cash provided by financing activities(837)1,427 
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(680)730 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of year828 98 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of year$148 $828 
32
 Fiscal Year
 2018 2017* 2016*
 (in millions)
Net income$407
 $444
 $210
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business acquisitions(235) 7
 (84)
Other adjustments437
 298
 423
Net cash provided by operating activities609
 749
 549
Net cash used in investing activities(232) (356) (762)
Net cash used in financing activities(391) (405) (180)
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(14) (12) (393)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of year119
 131
 524
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of year$105
 $119
 $131

(*) Prior year amounts may be rounded to conform with the current year presentation.


Operating Activities
Cash flows provided by operating activities decreased $140increased $6 million to $609$419 million in 2018.fiscal year 2021. The year over year decrease was primarily driven by a $35 million incremental contribution to our defined benefit pension plan, higher income tax payments and otherCompany’s working capital changesrequirements increased in 2018.
Cash flowsfiscal year 2021 in line with the recovery of sales volumes. Net cash provided by operating activities increased $200 millionin fiscal year 2020 benefited from a reduction in working capital needs, primarily related to $749 million in 2017. The year over year increase was primarily drivenreduced sales volumes caused by an improvement in operating income and lower interest costs due to our 2016 debt redemption, defeasance, and refinancings.the COVID-19 pandemic.
Investing Activities
Cash flows used in investing activities in 2018fiscal years 2021 and 2020 included investmentscash expenditures of $235$274 million in property and equipment for fleet replacement,$189 million, respectively, on investments in information technology, and new construction and/or expansion of distribution facilities.
During 2017, business acquisitions included three broadline distributorsfacilities, and two specialty distributors. Total consideration consisted of cash of $182 million. The $221 million of cash spending on property and equipment was up from the prior year primarily due to investments in information technology, investments in distribution facilities, including warehouse equipment, and the timing of payments for certain fleet assets acquired at the end of 2016.replacement. Cash flows used in investing activities in 2017 were partially offset by $25 million from property and equipment sales, primarily consisting of a distribution facility sale, and $22 million in proceeds from the redemption of a self-funded industrial revenue bond. See “Financing Activities” below, for discussion of the offsetting cash outflow.
During 2016, business acquisitions included two broadline distributors and two specialty distributors. Total net consideration consisted of cash of $122 million, plus $8 million for the estimated fair value of contingent consideration. We also purchased a noncontrolling interest valued at approximately $8 million in a technology company that provides point-of-sale business intelligence to restaurants and serves to support our sales initiatives. In 2016, approximately $164 million of purchases were made for property and equipment.  Proceeds from sales of property and equipment included $12 million from sales of closed facilities. Cash flows used in investing activities in 2016fiscal year 2020 also included the $972 million cash purchase price for the acquisition of $485 million of U.S. government securities that were subsequently used to defease our $472 million principal CMBS Fixed Facility.Smart Foodservice.
CapitalWe expect total cash capital expenditures in 2018, 2017, and 2016 included fleet replacement and investments in information technologyfiscal year 2022 to improve our business, as well as new construction and/or expansion of distribution facilities. Additionally, we entered into $101 million, $91be between $280 million and $80$300 million, exclusive of approximately $110 million of capital lease obligations forexpenditures under our fleet replacement in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.
We expect total capital additions in 2019 to be between $335 million and $345 million, inclusive of approximately $75 million in fleet capitalfinancing leases. We expect to fund our capital expenditures with available cash or cash generated from operations.operations and through fleet financing.
Financing Activities
Cash flows used inby financing activities of $391 million in 2018fiscal year 2021 included $304 million of net payments on our revolving credit facilities and $113$122 million of scheduled payments on non-revolving debtunder our term loans pursuant to our Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “Term Loan Facilities”) and capital leases. Financingfinancing leases and $2,085 million of voluntary prepayments of the Initial Term Loan Facility. We incurred approximately $18 million of lender fees and third-party costs in connection with our issuance of the Unsecured Notes due 2029, consisting of a $9 million early redemption premium related to the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024 and $9 million of costs associated with the issuance of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029, which were capitalized as deferred financing costs. We incurred $12 million of cost associated with the issuance of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 and the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility, which were capitalized as deferred financing costs. Cash flows used by financing activities in 2018fiscal year 2021 also included $19$28 million of Series A Preferred Stock dividends.
Cash flows provided by financing activities in fiscal year 2021 included aggregate borrowings of $900 million under the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029, $900 million under the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility and $500 million under the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030. We used the proceeds from the issuance of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029, together with cash on hand, to redeem all of the then outstanding Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024 and repay all of the then outstanding borrowings under the 2020 Incremental Term Loan Facility. We used proceeds from the issuance of the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility and Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030, along with cash on hand to repay all of the then outstanding borrowings under the Initial Term Loan Facility. Cash flows provided by financing activities in fiscal year 2021 also included $20 million of proceeds received from stock purchases under our employee stock purchase plan and $15 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options, and $19 million of proceeds from share purchases under our employee stock purchase plan, partiallywhich were offset by the remittance of $6$14 million of employee tax withholdings paid in connection with vested equitythe vesting of stock awards.
Cash flows used inprovided by financing activities in fiscal year 2020 included aggregate borrowings of $405$700 million under the 2020 Incremental Term Loan Facility, the proceeds of which were used to finance, in 2017 included $15part, the Smart Foodservice acquisition; $1.0 billion of gross proceeds from the issuance of the Secured Notes; and $500 million of proceeds, net payments onof $9 million of related fees, from the issuance and sale of 500,000 shares of our revolving credit facilities, repayment of a $22 million self-funded industrial revenue bond, see “Investing Activities” above, for discussion of the offsetting cash inflow, and $85Series A Preferred Stock. Cash flows used by financing activities in fiscal year 2020 included $158 million of scheduled payments under our Term Loan Facilities and financing leases. We borrowed an aggregate of $1.0 billion under the ABL Facility and the former accounts receivable financing facility (the “ABS Facility”) in March 2020 for the purposes of increasing cash on non-revolving debthand and capital leases. Financingto preserve financial flexibility in light of the current economic and business uncertainty resulting from the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic. We used part of the proceeds from the issuance of the Secured Notes to repay $400 million of borrowings under the 2020 Incremental Term Loan Facility, and we used $542 million of cash on hand to repay all of our outstanding borrowings under the ABS Facility, which we then subsequently terminated. We incurred approximately $33 million of lender fees and third-party costs in connection with the aforementioned financing transactions. Cash flows from financing activities in 2017fiscal year 2020 also included $18 million of proceeds received from stock purchases under our employee stock purchase plan and $16$3 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options, and share purchases under our employee stock purchase plan, respectively. This cash inflow waswhich were partially offset by the remittance of $28$5 million of employee tax withholdings for vesting and net share-settled equity awards.
During 2017, we completed four secondary offerings of our common stock held primarily by investment funds associated with or designated by the Former Sponsors. We did not receive any proceeds from the offerings. The December 4, 2017 offering also included our repurchase of 10,000,000 shares of our common stock from the

underwriter for $280million, utilizing borrowings from our revolving credit facilities. The shares of our common stock that were repurchased by the Company were retired, as the Company does not maintain treasury shares.
Cash flows used in financing activities of $180 million in 2016 included net proceeds from our IPO of $1,114 million and net proceeds from debt issuances and refinancing transactions. We used the proceeds from these transactions to redeem the $1,348 million in principal of our 8.5% Senior Notes due June 30, 2019 (the “Old Senior Notes”), plus an early redemption premium of $29 million, and to purchase the U.S. government securities that were subsequently used to defease our CMBS Fixed Facility. In addition to the early redemption premium, we incurred approximately $26 million of other debt financing costs and feespaid in connection with the vesting of stock awards.
Other Obligations and Commitments
The Company’s cash requirements within the next twelve months include the current portion of long-term debt, refinancing transactionsaccounts payable and defeasance. Prioraccrued liabilities, other current liabilities, and purchase commitments and other obligations. We expect the cash required to the IPO, we paid a $666 million one-time special cash distributionmeet these obligations to our shareholders, of which $657 million was paid to the Former Sponsors. We funded the distributionbe primarily generated through a $75 million borrowingcombination of cash from operations and access to capital from financial markets. Our long-term cash requirements under our various contractual obligations and commitments include:

Debt, including financing lease obligations – See Note 11, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements for further detail of our debt and the ABS Facility,timing of expected future principal payments.

33


Operating and finance lease obligations – See Note 17, Leases, in our consolidated financial statements for further detail of our obligations and the timing of expected future payments.

Pension plans and other postretirement benefit contributions – We sponsor a $239 million borrowingdefined benefit plan that pays benefits to eligible employees at retirement. In addition, we provide certain postretirement health and welfare benefits to eligible retirees and their dependents. See Note 18, Retirement Plans, in our consolidated financial statements for further detail of our obligations and the timing of expected future payments.

Self-insured liabilities – We are self-insured for general liability, fleet liability and workers’ compensation claims. Claims in excess of certain levels are insured by external parties. See Note 12, Accrued Expenses and Other Long-Term Liabilities, in our consolidated financial statements for further detail of our obligations and the expected timing of expected future payments.

Purchase and Other Obligations – The Company enters into purchase orders with vendors and other parties in the ordinary course of business and has a limited number of purchase contracts with certain vendors that require it to buy a predetermined volume of products. Purchase obligations also include amounts committed with various third-party service providers to provide information technology services for periods up to fiscal 2025. See Note 22, Commitments and Contingencies, in our consolidated financial statements for further detail of our obligations and the expected timing of expected future payments.

We believe the following sources will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months, while maintaining sufficient liquidity for normal operating purposes:

Our cash flow from operations;
The availability of additional capital under theour existing ABL FacilityFacility; and $352 million in available cash.
Our availability to access capital from financial markets.
Retirement Plans
We havesponsor a qualified retirement plan and a nonqualified retirementdefined benefit plan that paypays benefits to eligible participants at retirement. Only certain employees at retirement, generally using formulas based on a participant’s years of qualified serviceunion associates are eligible to participate and eligible compensation.continue to accrue benefits under the plan per the collective bargaining agreements. The plan is closed and frozen to all other employees. In addition, we maintain severalprovide certain postretirement health and welfare plans that provide benefits forto eligible retirees and their dependents. We contributed $71 milliondid not make significant contributions to ourthe Company-sponsored defined benefit and other postretirement plans in 2018, of which $35 million represented an additional, voluntary contributionfiscal years 2021 and 2020, and we do not expect to the defined benefit plan.make significant contributions in fiscal year 2022.
Certain employees are eligible to participate in our 401(k) savings plan. This plan provides that, under certain circumstances and subject to applicable IRS limits, we may match participant contributions of up to 100% of the first 3% of a participant’s eligible compensation and 50% of the next 2% of a participant’s eligible compensation, for a maximum employer matching contribution of 4%. We made employer matching contributions to the 401(k) plan of $52 million and $47 million $46 million,in fiscal years 2021 and $44 million in 2018, 2017, and 2016,2020, respectively.
We also are required to contribute to various multiemployer benefitpension plans under the terms of certain of our CBAs. Our contributions to these plans were $35 million, $34$43 million and $33$44 million in 2018, 2017,fiscal years 2021 and 2016,2020, respectively.
Contractual Obligations
The following table includes information about our significant contractual obligations as of December 29, 2018 that affect our liquidity and capital needs. The table includes information about payments due under specified contractual obligations and the maturity profile of our consolidated debt, operating leases and other long-term liabilities.
 Payments Due by Period
   Less Than     More Than
 Total 1 Year 1-3 Years 3-5 Years 5 Years
Recorded Contractual Obligations:         
Debt, including capital lease
   obligations
$3,468
 $106
 $542
 $2,175
 $645
Financing lease obligation(1)
20
 3
 8
 9
 
Self-insured liabilities(2)
169
 40
 41
 22
 66
Pension plans and other postretirement benefits
   contributions(3)
8
 1
 2
 2
 3
Unrecorded Contractual Obligations:         
Interest payments on debt(4)
691
 159
 288
 227
 17
Operating leases132
 31
 54
 40
 7
Multiemployer contractual minimum pension
   contributions(5)
18
 4
 7
 7
 
Purchase obligations(6)
826
 777
 40
 9
 
Total contractual cash obligations$5,332
 $1,121
 $982
 $2,491
 $738

(1)Represents installment payments on a real estate lease obligation through 2023.
(2)Represents the estimated undiscounted payments on our self-insurance programs for general, fleet and workers compensation liabilities. Actual payments may differ from these estimates.
(3)Represents estimated contributions and benefit payments for Company sponsored pension and other postretirement benefit plans. Estimates beyond 2019 are not available for the Company's defined benefit pension plan.
(4)Represents future interest payments on fixed rate debt, capital leases, a financing lease obligation, and $1.4 billion of variable rate debt at interest rates as of December 29, 2018. The amounts shown in the table include interest payments under interest rate swap agreements.
(5)Represents minimum contributions to the Central States Teamsters Southeast and Southwest Area Pension Fund through 2023.
(6)Represents purchase obligations for purchases of product in the normal course of business, for which all significant terms have been confirmed, information technology commitments and forward fuel and electricity purchase obligations. The balance does not include 2019 capital additions expected to be between $335 million to $345 million, inclusive of approximately $75 million in fleet capital leases. See "Investing Activities" above.
Other long-term liabilities at December 29, 2018 as disclosed in Note 13, Accrued Expenses and Other Long-Term Liabilities, in our consolidated financial statements, consist primarily of an uncertain tax position liability of $31 million, inclusive of interest and penalties, for which the timing of payment is uncertain, and a $8 million non-cash fair value adjustment recorded in purchase accounting for off-market operating leases, each of which has been excluded from the table above.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 29, 2018, weWe had entered into $298$268 million of letters of credit, primarily in favor of certain commercial insurers securing ourto secure obligations with respect to our self-insurance programs. Additionally, we entered into $73 millioninsurance programs, under the ABL Facility as of letters of credit to secure our obligations with respect to certain real estate leases, and $1 million of letters of credit for other obligations.January 1, 2022.
Except as disclosed above, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates


Except as otherwise set forth, we have prepared the financial information in this Annual Report in accordance with GAAP. Preparing these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities atas of the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during these reporting periods. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and other factors we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. These assumptions form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our most critical accounting policies and estimates pertain to the valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets, vendor consideration and income taxes.
Valuation of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill and other intangible assets include the cost of the acquired business in excess of the fair value of the tangible net assets recorded in connection with each acquisition. Other intangible assets include customer relationships, non-competeamortizable trade names, non-
34


compete agreements, the brand names comprising our portfolio of private brands, and trademarks. We assess goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment each year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset may be impaired. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, our policy is to assess for impairment atas of the beginning of each fiscal third quarter. For other intangible assets with definite lives, we assess for impairment only if events occur that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.
For goodwill, the reporting unit used in assessing impairment is the Company’s one business segment as described in Note 25,24, Business Information, in our consolidated financial statements. Our 2018fiscal year 2021 assessment for impairment of

goodwill was performed using a qualitative approach to determine, as of the date of the assessment, whether it iswas more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill iswas less than its carrying value. In performing the qualitative assessment, we identified and considered the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that affect the fair value of its goodwill. These factors include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as actual and planned financial performance. Based on our qualitative fiscal year 20182021 annual impairment analysis for goodwill, we concluded that it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill exceeded its carrying value.
Our fair value estimates of the brand name and trademark indefinite-lived intangible assets are based on a relief from royalty method.method, including key assumptions such as the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the royalty rate for such revenue, and a discount rate. The fair value of each intangible asset is determined for comparison to the corresponding carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess.
TheDuring fiscal year 2021, the Company implemented rebranding initiatives related to the integration of a trade name acquired as part of the 2019 Food Group acquisition. As a result of the rebranding initiatives, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $7 million, which was included in restructuring costs and asset impairment charges in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. During 2020, the Company also recognized $9 million of asset impairment charges related to COVID-19’s adverse impacts on the fair value of our trademark indefinite-lived intangible asset and brand name indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeded their respective carrying values by substantial margins. These margins would not be materially impacted by a 50 basis point increase incertain trade names acquired as part of the discount rate. The recoverability of our indefinite-lived intangible assets could be impacted if estimated future cash flows are not achieved.2019 Food Group acquisition.
Due to the many variables inherent in estimating fair value and the relative size of the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, differences in assumptions could have a material effect on the results of the Company’s impairment analysis in future periods.
Vendor Consideration
We participate in various rebate and promotional incentives with our suppliers, primarily through purchase-based programs. The amount and timing of recognition of consideration under these incentives requires management judgment and estimates. Consideration under these incentives is estimated during the year based on historical and forecasted purchasing activity, as our obligations under the programs are fulfilled primarily when products are purchased. Consideration is typically received in the form of invoice deductions, or less often in the form of cash payments. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives earned are treated as changes in estimates and are recognized in the period of change. Historically, adjustments to our estimates for vendor consideration or related allowances have not been significant.significant, and we do not expect adjustments to our estimates for vendor consideration or related allowances to be significant in the next 12 months.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the consolidated financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized.
An uncertain tax position is recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. Uncertain tax positions are recorded at the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained. We adjust the amounts recorded for uncertain tax positions when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. These differences are reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which they are determined. At this time, we believeThe Company estimates it is reasonably possible that the liability for unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by approximately $1up to $17 million in the next 12 months as a result of the completion of various tax audits orcurrently in process and the expiration of the statute of limitations.limitations in several jurisdictions. Our uncertain tax positions contain uncertainties because management is required to make assumptions and to apply judgment in estimating the exposures associated with our various filing positions. We believe that the judgments and estimates discussed herein are reasonable; however, actual results could differ, and we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. To the extent we prevail in matters for which an uncertain tax position has been established, or pay amounts in excess of recorded positions, our effective income tax rate could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would generally require use of our cash and may result in an increase in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. A favorable tax settlement may be recognized as a reduction in our effective income tax rate in the period of resolution.
35


Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements, refer tosee Note 3, Recent Accounting Pronouncements, in our consolidated financial statements.


Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain risks arising from both our business operations and overall economic conditions. We principally manage our exposures to a wide variety of business and operationalOur market risks through managing our core business activities. We manage economic risks, includinginclude interest rate liquidity,risk and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of our debt funding. During 2017, we entered into derivative financial instruments to assist in managing our exposure to variable interest rate terms on certain borrowings.fuel price risk. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
Interest Rate Risk
MarketOur debt exposes us to risk isof fluctuations in interest rates. Floating rate debt, where the possibility of loss from adverseinterest rate fluctuates periodically, exposes us to short-term changes in market interest rates. Fixed rate debt, where the interest rate is fixed over the life of the instrument, exposes us to changes in market interest rates reflected in the fair value of the debt and to the risk that we may need to refinance maturing debt with new debt at higher rates. We manage our debt portfolio to achieve an overall desired position of fixed and floating rates and prices, such as interest rates and commodity prices. As of December 29, 2018, after consideringmay employ interest rate swaps as a tool to achieve that fixedposition. We have in the past entered into interest rate swap agreements to limit our exposure to variable interest rate terms on $1.1 billion of principal ofcertain borrowings under our variable rateInitial Term Loan Facility,, approximately 41% however, our remaining interest rate swap agreements expired on July 31, 2021.

Approximately 47% of the principal amount of our debt bore interest at floating rates based on LIBOR or ABR,an alternative base rate, as defined in our credit agreements.agreements, as of January 1, 2022. A hypothetical 1%change in the applicable rate would cause the interest expense on our floating rate debt to change by approximately $14$24 million per year (see Note 12,11, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements). On March 5, 2021, the IBA, the administrator of LIBOR, announced that it will cease publication of U.S. dollar LIBOR tenors as of June 30, 2023 (instead of December 31, 2021), for the most common tenors (overnight and one, three, six and twelve months) and it will cease publication of U.S. dollar LIBOR tenors for less common tenors (one week and two months) as well as all tenors of non-U.S. dollar LIBOR as of December 31, 2021. We are unable to predict the impact of using alternative reference rates and corresponding rate risk as of this time.
Fuel Price Risk
We are also exposed to risk due to fluctuations in the price and availability of diesel fuel. We require significant quantities of diesel fuel for our vehicle fleet, and the price and supply of diesel fuel are unpredictable and fluctuate based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, regional production patterns, weather conditions and environmental concerns. Increases in the cost of diesel fuel can negatively affect consumer confidence and discretionary spending raiseand increase the prices we pay for products, and increase the costs we incur to deliver products to our customers. To
Our activities to minimize fuel cost risk weinclude route optimization, improving fleet utilization and assessing fuel surcharges. We also enter into forward purchase commitments for a portion of our projected diesel fuel requirements. As of December 29, 2018,January 1, 2022, we had diesel fuel forward purchase commitments totaling $100$33 million, through June 2020. These lock inwhich fix approximately 50%19% of our projected diesel fuel purchase needs for the contracted periods.through March 2023. Our remaining fuel purchase needs will occur at market rates.rates unless contracted for a fixed price or hedged at a later date. Using current published market price projections for diesel and estimated fuel consumption needs, a hypothetical 10% unfavorable change in diesel prices from the projected market pricesprice could result in approximately $11$17 million in additional fuel cost on such uncommitted volumes.volumes through March 2023.

36



Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page No.
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
 (PCAOB ID:34)

37



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholdersshareholders and the Board of Directors of US Foods Holding Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of US Foods Holding Corp. and subsidiaries (the "Company"“Company”) as of December 29, 2018January 1, 2022 and December 30, 2017,January 2, 2021, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 29, 2018January 1, 2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"“financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 29, 2018January 1, 2022 and December 30, 2017,January 2, 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 29, 2018,January 1, 2022, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2018,January 1, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 14, 2019,17, 2022, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Vendor Consideration and Receivables - Refer to Note 2 to the financial statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
The Company receives rebates and incentives from certain suppliers, primarily through purchase-based programs. Consideration earned under these incentives is estimated during the year based on purchasing activity, as obligations under the program are fulfilled primarily as products are purchased. Consideration is typically received in the form of invoice reductions to be applied against the amounts owed to the Company’s vendors, or less often in the form of cash payments. The purchase-based incentives are recorded as a reduction to inventory as they are earned based on inventory purchases. As the related inventory is sold, the amounts are recorded as a reduction to cost of goods sold.
Total vendor receivables were $145 million at January 1, 2022. Although many of these incentives are under long-term agreements others are negotiated on an annual basis or shorter.
We identified vendor consideration as a critical audit matter due to the extent of audit effort required to evaluate whether vendor consideration is recorded in accordance with the terms of the vendor agreements.
38


How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to the evaluation of the vendor agreements included the following, among others:
We tested the effectiveness of controls over vendor consideration including management’s controls over the calculation of the amount recorded and the accuracy of the agreement information input in the system utilized to calculate the amount of vendor consideration recorded.

We selected a sample of vendor consideration recorded and (1) confirmed the amount recorded directly with the vendors or (2) recalculated vendor consideration amounts recorded by the Company using the terms of the executed vendor agreement

We selected a sample of inventory on hand and evaluated whether the related vendor consideration was properly recognized at and during the period ended January 1, 2022.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Chicago, Illinois
February 14, 2019  17, 2022


We have served as the Company's auditor since 2006.



39
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.   
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS   
(In millions, except par value)*   
 December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017
ASSETS   
CURRENT ASSETS:   
Cash and cash equivalents$104
 $119
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $29 and $261,347
 1,302
Vendor receivables, less allowances of $3106
 97
Inventories—net1,279
 1,208
Prepaid expenses106
 80
Assets held for sale7
 5
Other current assets30
 8
Total current assets2,979
 2,819
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—Net1,842
 1,801
GOODWILL3,967
 3,967
OTHER INTANGIBLES—Net324
 364
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS7
 21
OTHER ASSETS67
 65
TOTAL ASSETS$9,186
 $9,037
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY   
CURRENT LIABILITIES:   
Cash overdraft liability$157
 $154
Accounts payable1,359
 1,289
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities454
 451
Current portion of long-term debt106
 109
Total current liabilities2,076
 2,003
LONG-TERM DEBT3,351
 3,648
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES298
 263
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES232
 372
Total liabilities5,957
 6,286
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 22)
 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:   
Common stock, $0.01 par value—600 shares authorized;
     217 and 215 issued and outstanding as of
     December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively
2
 2
Additional paid-in capital2,780
 2,720
Retained earnings531
 124
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(84) (95)
Total shareholders’ equity3,229
 2,751
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY$9,186
 $9,037



US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In millions, except par value)
January 1, 2022January 2, 2021
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$148 $828 
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $33 and $671,469 1,084 
Vendor receivables, less allowances of $7 and $5145 121 
Inventories—net1,686 1,273 
Prepaid expenses120 132 
Assets held for sale
Other current assets18 26 
Total current assets3,594 3,465 
Property and equipment—net2,033 2,021 
Goodwill5,625 5,637 
Other intangibles—net830 892 
Deferred tax assets
Other assets431 407 
Total assets$12,521 $12,423 
LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Cash overdraft liability$183 $136 
Accounts payable1,662 1,218 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities610 497 
Current portion of long-term debt95 131 
Total current liabilities2,550 1,982 
Long-term debt4,916 5,617 
Deferred tax liabilities307 270 
Other long-term liabilities479 505 
Total liabilities8,252 8,374 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 22)00
Mezzanine equity:
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value—25 shares authorized;
     0.5 issued and outstanding as of January 1, 2022 and January 2, 2021
534 519 
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value—600 shares authorized;
     223 and 221 issued and outstanding as of
     January 1, 2022 and January 2, 2021, respectively
Additional paid-in capital2,970 2,901 
Retained earnings782 661 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(19)(34)
Total shareholders’ equity3,735 3,530 
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders' equity$12,521 $12,423 
(*) Prior year amounts may be rounded to conform with the current year presentation.


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

40
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.     
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME    
(In millions, except share and per share data)*     
 Fiscal Years Ended
 December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
NET SALES$24,175
 $24,147
 $22,919
COST OF GOODS SOLD19,869
 19,929
 18,866
Gross profit4,306
 4,218
 4,053
OPERATING EXPENSES:     
Distribution, selling and administrative costs3,647
 3,631
 3,581
Restructuring charges (benefit)1
 (1) 53
Total operating expenses3,648
 3,630
 3,634
OPERATING INCOME658
 588
 419
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE—Net(13) 14
 5
INTEREST EXPENSE—Net175
 170
 229
LOSS ON EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT
 
 54
Income before income taxes496
 404
 131
INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT)89
 (40) (79)
NET INCOME407
 444
 210
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)—Net of tax:     
Changes in retirement benefit obligations6
 16
 (45)
Unrecognized gain on interest rate swaps5
 8
 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME$418
 $468
 $165
EARNINGS PER SHARE     
Basic$1.88
 $2.00
 $1.05
Diluted$1.87
 $1.97
 $1.03
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING     
Basic216,112,021
 222,383,038
 200,129,868
Diluted217,825,545
 225,663,785
 204,024,726



`
(*) Prior year amounts may be rounded to conform with the current year presentation.
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In millions, except per share data)
Fiscal Years Ended
January 1, 2022January 2, 2021December 28, 2019
Net sales$29,487 $22,885 $25,939 
Cost of goods sold24,832 19,166 21,352 
Gross profit4,655 3,719 4,587 
Operating expenses:
Distribution, selling and administrative costs4,220 3,757 3,888 
Restructuring costs and asset impairment charges11 39 — 
Total operating expenses4,231 3,796 3,888 
Operating income (loss)424 (77)699 
Other (income) expense—net(26)(21)
Interest expense—net213 238 184 
Loss on extinguishment of debt23 — — 
Income (loss) before income taxes214 (294)511 
Income tax provision (benefit)50 (68)126 
Net income (loss)164 (226)385 
Other comprehensive income (loss)—net of tax:
Changes in retirement benefit obligations10 23 45 
Recognition of interest rate swaps(3)(15)
Comprehensive income (loss)$179 $(206)$415 
Net income (loss)$164 $(226)$385 
Series A convertible preferred stock dividends(43)(28)— 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders$121 $(254)$385 
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic$0.55 $(1.15)$1.77 
Diluted$0.54 $(1.15)$1.75 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
Basic222 220 218 
Diluted225 220 220 


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



41
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.    
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY    
(In millions)*    
            
 
Number of
Common
Shares
 
Common
Shares at
Par Value
 
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 
Accumulated
Earnings
(Deficit)
 
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
 
Total
Shareholders'
Equity
BALANCE-January 2, 2016167
 $1
 $2,292
 $(346) $(74) $1,873
Settlements/reclassifications of redeemable common stock3
 
 43
 
 
 43
Share-based compensation expense
 
 15
 
 
 15
Net proceeds from initial public offering51
 1
 1,113
 
 
 1,114
Cash distribution to shareholders ($3.94 per share - Note 15)
 
 (666) 
 
 (666)
Proceeds from employee share purchase plan
 
 3
 
 
 3
Common stock and share-based awards settled
 
 (9) 
 
 (9)
Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax
 
 
 
 (45) (45)
Net income
 
 
 210
 
 210
BALANCE-December 31, 2016221
 $2
 $2,791
 $(136) $(119) $2,538
Share-based compensation expense
 
 19
 
 
 19
Proceeds from employee share purchase plan1
 
 16
 
 
 16
Exercise of stock options2
 
 18
 
 
 18
Net share-settled stock options1
 
 
 
 
 
Tax withholding payments for
   net share-settled equity awards

 
 (28) 
 
 (28)
Common stock repurchased(10) 
 (96) (184) 
 (280)
Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax
 
 
 
 16
 16
Unrecognized gain on interest rate swaps, net of income tax
 
 
 
 8
 8
Net income
 
 
 444
 
 444
BALANCE-December 30, 2017215
 $2
 $2,720
 $124
 $(95) $2,751
Share-based compensation expense
 
 28
 
 
 28
Proceeds from employee share purchase plan1
 
 19
 
 
 19
Exercise of stock options1
 
 19
 
 
 19
Tax withholding payments for
   net share-settled equity awards

 
 (6) 
 
 (6)
Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax
 
 
 
 6
 6
Unrecognized gain on interest rate swaps, net of income tax
 
 
 
 5
 5
Net income
 
 
 407
 
 407
BALANCE-December 29, 2018217
 $2
 $2,780
 $531
 $(84) $3,229



US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In millions)
Number of
Common
Shares
Common
Shares at
Par Value
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained EarningsAccumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
Total
Shareholders'
Equity
BALANCE-December 29, 2018217 $$2,780 $531 $(84)$3,229 
Share-based compensation expense— — 32 — — 32 
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan— 19 — — 19 
Exercise of stock options— 19 — — 19 
Tax withholding payments for net share-settled equity awards— — (5)— — (5)
Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax— — — — 45 45 
Recognition of interest rate swaps, net of income tax— — — — (15)(15)
Net income— — — 385 — 385 
BALANCE-December 28, 2019220 $$2,845 $916 $(54)$3,709 
Share-based compensation expense— — 40 — — 40 
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan— 18 — — 18 
Exercise of stock options— — — — 
Tax withholding payments for net share-settled equity awards— — (5)— — (5)
Series A convertible preferred stock dividends— — — (28)— (28)
Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax— — — — 23 23 
Recognition of interest rate swaps, net of income tax— — — — (3)(3)
Adoption of ASU 2016-13 (Note 6)— — — (1)— (1)
Net loss— — — (226)— (226)
BALANCE-January 2, 2021221 $$2,901 $661 $(34)$3,530 
Share-based compensation expense— — 48 — — 48 
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan— 20 — — 20 
Vested restricted stock units, net— — — — — 
Exercise of stock options— — 15 — — 15 
Tax withholding payments for net share-settled equity awards— — (14)— — (14)
Series A convertible preferred stock dividends— — — (43)— (43)
Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax— — — — 10 10 
Recognition of interest rate swaps, net of income tax— — — — 
Net income— — — 164 — 164 
BALANCE-January 1, 2022223 $$2,970 $782 $(19)$3,735 
(*) Prior year amounts may be rounded to conform with the current year presentation.


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



42
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.     
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS     
(In millions)*     
 Fiscal Years Ended
 December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:     
Net income$407
 $444
 $210
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:     
Depreciation and amortization340
 378
 421
Gain on disposal of property and equipment, net(1) (4) (6)
Tangible asset impairment charges1
 2
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
 54
Amortization of deferred financing costs7
 6
 7
Amortization of Senior Notes original issue premium
 
 (2)
Insurance proceeds related to operating activities
 
 10
Insurance benefit in net income
 
 (10)
Deferred tax provision (benefit)45
 (123) (80)
Share-based compensation expense28
 21
 18
Provision for doubtful accounts17
 18
 11
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business acquisitions:     
(Increase) decrease in receivables(71) (67) 22
(Increase) decrease in inventories(72) 40
 (101)
Increase in prepaid expenses and other assets(45) (24) 
Increase in accounts payable and cash overdraft liability79
 17
 131
(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities(126) 41
 (136)
Net cash provided by operating activities609
 749
 549
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:     
Acquisition of businesses—net of cash
 (182) (122)
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment3
 25
 17
Purchases of property and equipment(235) (221) (164)
Investments in marketable securities and other
 
 (493)
Proceeds from redemption of industrial revenue bonds
 22
 
Net cash used in investing activities(232) (356) (762)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:     
Proceeds from debt borrowings4,178
 2,550
 2,707
Proceeds from debt refinancing
 
 2,214
Principal payments on debt and capital leases(4,595) (2,651) (4,141)
Repayment of industrial revenue bonds
 (22) 
Redemption of Old Senior Notes
 
 (1,377)
Payment for debt financing costs and fees(1) (1) (26)
Net proceeds from initial public offering
 
 1,114
Cash distribution to shareholders
 
 (666)
Contingent consideration paid for business acquisitions(5) (6) 
Proceeds from employee share purchase plan19
 16
 3
Proceeds from exercise of stock options19
 18
 
Tax withholding payments for net share-settled equity awards(6) (28) 
Proceeds from common stock sales
 
 3
Common stock repurchased
 (280) 
Common stock and share-based awards settled
 (1) (11)
Net cash used in financing activities(391) (405) (180)
NET DECREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH(14) (12) (393)
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH—Beginning of year119
 131
 524
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH—End of year$105
 $119
 $131
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:     
Cash paid during the year for:     
Interest (net of amounts capitalized)$160
 $158
 $223
Income taxes paid—net78
 11
 5
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES     
Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable28
 31
 50
Capital lease additions101
 91
 80
Cashless exercise of equity awards2
 30
 
Contingent consideration payable for acquisition of businesses
 4
 8
Marketable securities transferred in connection with the legal
   defeasance of the CMBS Fixed Loan Facility

 
 485
CMBS Fixed Loan Facility defeasance
 
 472



(*) Prior year amounts may be rounded to conform with the current year presentation.
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In millions)
Fiscal Years Ended
January 1, 2022January 2, 2021December 28, 2019
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)$164 $(226)$385 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization378 422 362 
Gain on disposal of property and equipment, net(1)(17)(1)
Tangible asset impairment charges
Intangible asset impairment charges— 
Loss on extinguishment of debt23 — — 
Amortization of deferred financing costs15 16 
Deferred tax provision (benefit)38 (51)
Share-based compensation expense48 40 32 
(Benefit) provision for doubtful accounts(24)63 21 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business acquisitions:
(Increase) decrease in receivables(386)334 (19)
(Increase) decrease in inventories(413)201 16 
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other assets(30)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and cash overdraft liability471 (339)(56)
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities94 (12)(4)
Net cash provided by operating activities419 413 760 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisition of businesses—net of cash— (972)(1,832)
Proceeds from sales of divested assets94 
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment44 
Purchases of property and equipment(274)(189)(258)
Net cash used in investing activities(262)(1,110)(1,987)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from debt borrowings2,305 3,645 6,198 
Principal payments on debt and financing leases(3,105)(2,692)(4,967)
Net proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock— 491 — 
Dividends paid on Series A convertible preferred stock(28)— — 
Debt financing costs and fees(30)(33)(44)
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan20 18 19 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options15 19 
Tax withholding payments for net share-settled equity awards(14)(5)(5)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities(837)1,427 1,220 
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(680)730 (7)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of year828 98 105 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of year$148 $828 $98 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Interest paid—net of amounts capitalized$185 $216 $173 
Income taxes paid (received)—net(1)137 
Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable40 21 49 
Property and equipment transferred to assets held for sale11 24 — 
Leased assets obtained in exchange for financing lease liabilities56 73 86 
Leased assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities32 48 39 
Cashless exercise of stock options— 
Paid-in-kind Series A convertible preferred stock dividends15 28 — 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

43


US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in millions, except share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)
1.    OVERVIEW AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
US Foods Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries are referred to in these consolidated financial statements and notes as “we,” “our,” “us,” the “Company,” or “US Foods.” US Foods Holding Corp. conducts all of its operations through its wholly owned subsidiary US Foods, Inc. (“USF”) and its subsidiaries. All of the Company’s indebtedness, as further described in Note 12,11, Debt, is a direct obligation of USF and its subsidiaries.
Business Description—The Company, through USF, operates in one1 business segment in which it markets and distributes fresh, frozen and dry food and non-food products to foodservice customers throughout the United States.U.S. These customers include independently owned single and multi-unit restaurants, regional concepts, national restaurant chains, hospitals, nursing homes, hotels and motels, country clubs, government and military organizations, colleges and universities, and retail locations.
Basis of Presentation—The Company operates on a 52 or 53 week53-week fiscal year, with all periods ending on a Saturday. When a 53-week fiscal year occurs, the Company reports the additional week in the fiscal fourth quarter. The fiscal years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017,January 1, 2022 and December 31, 2016,28, 2019, also referred to herein as fiscal years 2018, 2017,2021 and 2016,2019, respectively, were 52-week fiscal years. PriorThe fiscal year amounts in tables may be roundedended January 2, 2021, also referred to conform with the currentherein as fiscal year presentation in millions.2020, was a 53-week fiscal year.
Initial Public Offering—On June 1, 2016, the Company closed its initial public offering (“IPO”) selling 51,111,111 shares of common stock for a cash offering price of $23.00 per share ($21.9075 per share net of underwriter discounts and commissions and before offering expenses). The net proceeds of the IPO were used to redeem $1,090 million principal of the Company’s 8.5% Senior Notes due June 30, 2019 (the “Old Senior Notes”) and pay the related $23 million early redemption premium.
2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation —The—The Company's consolidated financial statements include the accounts of US Foods and its wholly owned subsidiary, USF, and its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates—The Company's consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of AmericaU.S. (“GAAP”). This requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities atas of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents—The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with aan original maturity of three or fewer months to be cash equivalents.
Accounts Receivable —Accounts—Accounts receivable represent amounts due from customers in the ordinary course of business and are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Receivables are presented net of the allowance for doubtful accounts in the Company's accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company performs on-going credit evaluations of its customers and adjusts credit limits based upon payment history and the customer’s current credit worthiness, as determined by the review of their current credit information. Collections and payments from customers are continuously monitored. The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable and determines the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts based on a combination of factors. When theThe Company determines that a loss is probable, a specificmaintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, which is recorded, reducing the receivable to the net amount we reasonably expect to collect. In addition, allowances are recorded for all other receivables based on historicupon historical experience, future expected losses, as well as specific customer collection trends, write-offs and the aging of receivables.issues that have been identified. The Company uses specific criteria to determine uncollectible receivables to be written off, including bankruptcy, accounts referred to outside parties for collection, and accounts past due over specified periods.
Vendor Consideration and Receivables—The Company participates in various rebate and promotional incentives with its suppliers, primarily through purchase-based programs. Consideration earned is estimated during the year as the Company’s obligations under the programs are fulfilled, which is primarily when products are purchased. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives earned are recognized in the period of change.
Vendor consideration is typically deducted from invoices or collected in cash within 30 days of being earned. Vendor receivables represent the uncollected balance of the vendor consideration. Since collections occur primarily

from deducting the consideration from the amounts due to the vendor, the Company does not experience significant collectability issues. The Company evaluates the collectability of its vendor receivables based on specific vendor information and vendor collection history.
Inventories—The Company’s inventories, consisting mainly of food and other foodservice-relatedfood-related products, are primarily considered finished goods. Inventory costs include the purchase price of the product, freight chargescosts to deliver it to the Company’s warehouses,distribution and retail facilities, and depreciation and labor related to processing facilities and equipment, and are net of certain cash or non-cash consideration received from vendors. The Company assesses the need for valuation allowances for slow-moving, excess and obsolete inventories by estimating the net recoverable value of such goods based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically identified items, and overall economic conditions.
The Company records inventories at the lower of cost or market primarily using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. Themethod, except for Smart Foodservice, as further described in Note 5, Business Acquisitions, which uses the retail method of inventory
44


accounting. For our LIFO based inventories, the base year values of beginning and ending inventories are determined using the inventory price index computation method. This “links” current costs to original costs in the base year when the Company adopted LIFO. TheAs of January 1, 2022 and January 2, 2021, LIFO balance sheet reserves in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets were $130$342 million at both December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017.$177 million, respectively. As a result of net changes in LIFO reserves, cost of goods sold increased $14$165 million, for fiscal year 2017$25 million and decreased $18$22 million in fiscal year 2016.years 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Property and Equipment—Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three3 to 40 years. Property and equipment under capitalfinancing leases and leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining term of the related lease or the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Applicable interest charges incurred during the construction of new facilities or development of software for internal use are capitalized as one of the elements of cost and are amortized over the useful life of the respective assets.
Property and equipment held and used by the Company are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of property and equipment, the Company compares the carrying value of the asset or asset group to the estimated, undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived asset or asset group. If the future cash flows do not exceed the carrying value, the carrying value is compared to the fair value of such asset. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess.
The Company also assesses the recoverability of its vacant land and closed facilities actively marketed for sale. If a facility’san asset’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, less an estimated cost to sell, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. Assets held for sale are not depreciated.
Impairments resulting from restructuring activities are recorded as a component of restructuring costs and tangible asset impairmentsimpairment charges in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, and a reduction of the asset’s carrying value in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets—Goodwill and other intangible assets includeincludes the cost of the acquired businessbusinesses in excess of the fair value of the tangible and other intangible net tangible assets acquired. Other intangible assets include customer relationships, amortizable trade names, noncompete agreements, the brand names comprising ourthe Company’s portfolio of exclusive brands, and trademarks. As required, we assessBrand names and trademarks are indefinite-lived intangible assets and, accordingly, are not subject to amortization, but are subject to impairment assessments as described below.
The Company assesses goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually, or more frequently if events occur that indicate an asset may be impaired. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, ourthe Company’s policy is to assess for impairment atas of the beginning of each fiscal third quarter. For other intangible assets with definite lives, we assess forthe Company assesses impairment only if events occur that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. AllThe reporting unit used in assessing impairment is the Company’s one business segment as described in Note 24, and all goodwill is assigned to the consolidated CompanyCompany.
Impairments are recorded as a component of restructuring costs and asset impairment charges in the reporting unit.Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, and a reduction of the asset’s carrying value in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Self-Insurance Programs—The Company estimates its liabilities for claims covering general, fleet, and workers’ compensation. Amounts in excess of certain levels, which range from $1 million to $10 million per occurrence, are insured as a risk reduction strategy, to mitigate catastrophic losses. The workers’ compensation liability is discounted, as the amount and timing of cash payments is reliably determinable given the nature of benefits and the level of historic claim volume to support the actuarial assumptions and judgments used to derive the expected loss payment pattern. The amount accrued is discounted using an interest rate that approximates the U.S. Treasury rate consistent with the duration of the liability. The inherent uncertainty of future loss projections could cause actual claims to differ from our estimates.
We are primarily self-insured for group medical claims not covered under collective bargaining agreements.multiemployer health plans covering certain of our union-represented employees. The Company accrues its self-insured medical liability, including an estimate for incurred but not reported claims, based on known claims and past claims history. These accruals are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Share-Based CompensationCertain directors, officers and employees participate in the 2016 US Foods Holding Corp. Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) which provides a means through which the Company may grant equity and equity incentive awards of US Foods common stock. Certain officers and employees also hold outstanding equity awards granted pursuant to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of USF Holding Corp. and its Affiliates, as amended (the “2007 Plan”), which terminated according to its terms on December21,2017. The termination of the 2007 Plan has no effect on any outstanding awards; however, no future equity awards may be granted under the 2007 Plan. Additionally, most of the Company’s employees are eligible to participate in the US Foods Holding Corp. Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Stock Purchase Plan”), which allows for the purchase of US Foods common stock at a discount of up to 15% of the fair market value of a share at periodic acquisition dates. Shares issued to satisfy employee share-based award programs come from shares reserved for issuance under the respective award programs. The Company does not maintain treasury shares, as shares repurchased by the Company are retired upon reacquisition.
The Company measures compensation expense for stock-basedshare-based awards at fair value atas of the date of grant, and recognizes compensation expense over the service period for awards expected to vest.vest, and as applicable based upon predetermined financial performance conditions for performance share-based awards. Forfeitures are recognized as incurred. Fair value is the closing price per share for the Company’s common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. Prior to the IPO,Company's 2016 initial public offering, the grant date fair value of share-based awards was measured atas of the end of each fiscal quarter using the combination of a market and income approach. The computedfair value was applied to all stock
45


and stock award activity in the subsequent fiscal quarter. Shares issued as a result of stock options exercises will be funded with the issuance of new shares.
Compensation expense for the Stock Purchase Planrelated to our employee stock purchase plan, which allows eligible employees to purchase our common stock at a discount of 15% represents the difference between the fair market value atas of acquisition date and the employee purchase price.
Redeemable Common Stock—Redeemable common stock is a security with redemption features that are outside the control of the issuer, is not classified as an asset or liability in conformity with GAAP, and is not mandatorily redeemable. Prior to the IPO, common stock owned by management and key employees, including vested restricted shares and vested restricted stock units, was subject to certain redemption features and, accordingly was classified as redeemable common stock. In connection with the IPO, the management stockholder’s agreement was amended, and common stock no longer has a redemption feature that is outside the Company’s control that could require the Company to redeem these shares. Accordingly, the amounts previously reflected in redeemable common stock were reclassified to shareholders’ equity during the second quarter of 2016.
Business Acquisitions—The Company accounts for business acquisitions under the acquisition method. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date. The operating results of the acquired companies are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.
Cost of Goods Sold—Cost of goods sold includes amounts paid to vendors for products sold, net of vendor consideration, including in-bound freight necessary to bring the products to the Company’s distribution facilities. Depreciation related to processing facilities and equipment is presented in cost of goods sold. Because the majority of the inventories are finished goods, depreciation related to warehouse facilities and equipment is presented in distribution, selling and administrative costs. See “Inventories” above for discussion of the LIFO impact on cost of goods sold.
Shipping and Handling Costs—Shipping and handling costs, which include costs related to the selection of products and their delivery to customers, are presented in distribution, selling and administrative costs. Shipping and handling costs were $2.0 billion, $1.7 billion, in 2018and $1.6$1.8 billion in 2017fiscal years 2021, 2020 and in 2016.2019, respectively.
Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. This requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income during the period that includes the enactment date. Net deferred tax assets are recorded to the extent the Company believes these assets will more likely than not be realized.
An uncertain tax position is recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. Uncertain tax positions are recorded at the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained. The Company adjusts the amounts recorded for uncertain tax positions when its judgment changes, as a result of evaluating new information not previously available. These differences are reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense (benefit) in the period in which they are determined.

Derivative Financial Instruments—The Company utilizeshas utilized derivative financial instruments to assist in managing its exposure to variable interest rates on certain borrowings.The Company does not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. InterestThe Company is not currently party to any interest rate swaps, designated as cash flow hedges, are recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value.swap agreements.
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into forward purchase agreements to procure fuel, electricity and product commodities related to its business. These agreements often meet the definition of a derivative. However, the Company does not measure its forward purchase commitments at fair value as the amounts under contract meet the physical delivery criteria in the normal purchase exception under GAAP guidance.exception.
Concentration Risks—Financial instruments that subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash equivalents are invested primarily in money market funds at major financial institutions. The account balances at these institutions may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance coverage, and as a result, there may be a concentration of risk related to amounts invested in excess of FDIC insurance coverage. Credit risk related to accounts receivable is dispersed across a largersignificantly large number of customers located throughout the United States.U.S. The Company attempts to reduce credit risk through initial and ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. There were no receivables from any one customer representing more than 5% of our consolidated gross accounts receivable at December 29, 2018.as of January 1, 2022.
46
3.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS


3.    RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Recently AdoptedIssued Accounting Pronouncements
In August 2017,2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to 2020-06, Accounting for Hedging Activities, to better alignConvertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity's Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for convertible instruments by removing the separation models for (1) convertible debt with a company’s risk management activitiescash conversion feature and financial reporting(2) convertible instruments with a beneficial conversion feature. As a result, convertible debt will be accounted for hedging relationships, simplifyas a single liability measured at its amortized cost. Additionally, the hedge accounting requirements, and improvenew guidance requires the disclosures of hedging arrangements. ASU 2017-12 was further amended in October 2018 by ASU 2018-16, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Inclusionapplication of the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) Overnight Index Swap (OIS) Rate as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting. if-converted method to calculate the impact of convertible instruments on diluted earnings per share. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company’s only hedging activities are its interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges. As discussed in Note 22, Commitments and Contingencies, the Company does not measure its forward purchase commitments for fuel and electricity at fair value, as the amounts under contract meet the physical delivery criteria in the normal purchase exception in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815, Derivatives and Hedging.2021. The Company prospectively adopted this guidanceplans to adopt the provisions of ASU No. 2020-06 at the beginning of fiscal year 2018, with no impact to its financial position or results of operations.
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, CompensationStock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting. This ASU provides guidance on determining which changes to the terms and conditions of share-based payment awards require an entity to apply modification accounting.  This ASU should be applied prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company adopted this guidance at the beginningfirst quarter of fiscal year 2018, with no impact to its financial position or results of operations, as the Company has not modified any share-based payment awards since adoption.
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost2022 and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost. This ASU requires an employer to report the service cost component of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost in the same line item as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by the pertinent employees during the period. It also requires the other components of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost to be presented in the statement of comprehensive income separately from the service cost component and outside of operating income. Additionally, only the service cost component is eligible for capitalization, when applicable. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017. The amendments in this update require retrospective presentation in the statement of comprehensive income. The amendments allow a practical expedient that permits an employer to use the amounts disclosed in its pension and other postretirement benefit plan note for the prior comparative periods as the estimation basis for applying the retrospective presentation requirements. The Company retrospectively adopted this guidance at the beginning of fiscal year 2018. For fiscal years 2017 and 2016, $14 million and $5 million, respectively, of net periodic benefit credits, other than the service cost components, were reclassified to other (income) expense—net, in the Company's Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The amendment also eliminates the requirement for any reporting unit with a

zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment and, if it fails that qualitative test, to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. An entity has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. This guidance is effective for the annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance as of the first day of its fiscal third quarter of 2018, in conjunction with its annual impairment assessment for goodwill, with no impact to its financial position or results of operations. See Note 10, Goodwill and Other Intangibles, for a discussion of the Company's fiscal year 2018 annual impairment analysis.
In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash, which clarifies the presentation of restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. Amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning and ending cash balances on the statement of cash flows. The Company retrospectively adopted this standard at the beginning of fiscal year 2018, resulting in immaterial increases in the beginning and ending balances of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for fiscal year 2017 and 2016. Restricted cash was immaterial at December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, to amend the guidance on the classification and measurement of financial instruments. ASU No. 2016-01 was further amended in February 2018 by ASU No. 2018-03, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10)—Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The new guidance requires entities to measure equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method at fair value and recognize any changes in fair value in net income. The new guidance also amends certain disclosure requirements associated with the fair value of financial instruments. The Company adopted the guidance in this ASU at the beginning of fiscal year 2018, with no impact to its financial position or results of operations.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and has issued subsequent amendments which have been introduced as ASC Topic 606. Topic 606, as amended, replaces Topic 605, the previous revenue recognition guidance. The new standard’s core principle is for companies to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration (that is, payment) to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard also results in enhanced disclosures about revenue, provides guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively (for example, service revenue and contract modifications) and improves guidance for multiple-element arrangements. The Company adopted this standard at the beginning of fiscal year 2018, with no significant impact to its financial position or results of operations, using the modified retrospective method. See Note 4, Revenue Recognition.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Income Statement, Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects From Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This ASU permits an entity to reclassify the income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) on items within accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings. The Company adopted this standard at the beginning of fiscal year 2019 and elected not to reclassify the income tax effects of the Tax Act from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes ASC 840, Leases. The FASB has issued subsequent amendments to improve and clarify the implementation guidance of Topic 842. The new standard requires an entity to recognize leases on the balance sheet and to disclose key information about the entity's leasing arrangements. The Company adopted this standard at the beginning of fiscal year 2019 using the modified retrospective transition approach, including certain practical expedients, for all leases existing at December 30, 2018, the effective and initial application date. The estimated impact of the adoption to the Company's consolidated financial statements included the recognition of operating lease liabilities of approximately $100 million with corresponding right-of-use assets of approximately the same amount based on the present value of the remaining lease payments for existing operating leases. This standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's results of operations. The Company has revised its relevant policies and procedures, as applicable, to meet the new accounting, reporting and disclosure requirements of Topic 842 and has updated internal controls accordingly.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which provides new guidance on the accounting for implementation, set-up, and other upfront costs incurred in a hosted cloud computing arrangement. Under the new guidance, entities will apply the same criteria for capitalizing implementation costs as they would for an internal-use software license arrangement. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. This ASU can be adopted prospectively to eligible costs incurred on or after the date of adoption or retrospectively. The Company does not expect the adoption of the new guidance under the standard to materially affect its financial position or results of operations.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires entities to use a forward looking, expected loss model to estimate credit losses. It also requires additional disclosure related to credit quality of trade and other receivables, including information related to management’s estimate of credit allowances. ASU 2016-13 was further amended in November 2018 by ASU 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 236, Financial Instrument-Credit Losses. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of the provisions of the new standard to materially affect itsour financial position, or results of operations.operation or cash flows.
4.REVENUE RECOGNITION
In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08 Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers, which amends Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805 to require an acquirer to, at the date of acquisition, recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in accordance with ASC 606, ASU 2014-9, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, (Topic 606). The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted, and is to be applied prospectively to business combinations occurring on or after adoption of the new guidance. The Company plans to adopt the provisions of ASU No. 2021-08 at the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal year 2022 and does not expect the provisions of the new standard to materially affect our financial position, results of operation or cash flows.
4.    REVENUE RECOGNITION
The Company recognizes revenue when the performance obligation is recognizedsatisfied, which occurs when a customer obtains control of the promised goods or services. The Company adopted this standard at the beginning of fiscal year 2018, with no significant impact to its financial position or results of operations, using the modified retrospective method. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for these goods or services. To achieve this core principle, theThe Company applies the following five steps:

1)Identify the contract with a customer
A contract with a customer exists when (i) the Company enters into an enforceable contract with a customer that defines each party’s rights regarding the goods or services to be transferred and identifies the payment terms related to these goods or services, (ii) the contract has commercial substance and (iii) the Company determines that collection ofgenerates substantially all consideration for goods or services that are transferred is probable based onof its revenue from the customer’s intentdistribution and ability to pay the promised consideration. For the Company, the contract is the approved sales order, which may also be supplemented by other agreements that formalize various terms and conditions with customers, including restaurant chains, government organizations or group purchase organizations. The Company applies judgment in determining the customer’s ability and intention to pay, which is based on a variety of factors including the customer’s historical payment experience or, in the case of a new customer, published credit and financial information pertaining to the customer.

2)Identify the performance obligation in the contract
Performance obligations promised in a contract are identified based on the goods or services that will be transferred to the customer. For the Company, this includes the deliverysale of food and food-related products which provides immediate benefit to the customer. While certain additional services may be identified within a contract, we have concluded that those services are individually immaterial in the context of the contract with the customer and therefore not assessed as performance obligations.

3)Determine the transaction price
The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which the Company will be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to the customer, and is generally stated on the approved sales order. Variable consideration, which typically includes volume-based rebates or discounts, is estimated utilizing the most likely amount method.

4)Allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract
Since our contracts contain a single performance obligation, delivery of food and food-related products, the transaction price is allocated to that single performance obligation.


5)Recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation
The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of food and food-related products when title and risk of loss passes and the customer accepts the goods, which occurs at delivery. Customer sales incentives such as volume-based rebates or discounts are treated as a reduction of salesrevenue at the time the salerevenue is recognized. Sales taxes invoiced to customers and remitted to governmental authorities are excluded from net sales. Shipping and handling costs are treated as fulfillment costs and presentedincluded in distribution, selling and administrative costs. At December 29, 2018, the
The Company doesdid not have any material outstanding performance obligations, contract assets and liabilities or capitalized contract acquisition costs.costs as of January 1, 2022 or January 2, 2021. Customer receivables, which are included in Accountsaccounts receivable, less allowances for doubtful accounts in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, were $1.3$1.5 billion at both December 29, 2018and December 30, 2017.$1.1 billion as of January 1, 2022 and January 2, 2021, respectively.

The Company has certain customer contracts under which incentives are paid upfront to its customers. These payments have become industry practice and are not related to financing any customer’s business, nor are these costs associated with any distinct good or service to be received from any customer. These incentive payments are capitalized in prepaid expenses and other assets and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the life of the contract or as goods or services are transferred to the customer. The Company’s contract assets for these upfront payments were $27 million and $30 million included in prepaid expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 1, 2022 and January 2, 2021, respectively, and $26 million and $27 million included in other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 1, 2022 and January 2, 2021, respectively.

The following table presents the sales mixdisaggregation of revenue for each of the Company’s principal product categories forcategories:
202120202019
Meats and seafood$11,245 $8,131 $9,313 
Dry grocery products4,979 3,931 4,427 
Refrigerated and frozen grocery products4,453 3,583 4,253 
Dairy2,801 2,394 2,685 
Equipment, disposables and supplies3,090 2,455 2,483 
Beverage products1,465 1,186 1,403 
Produce1,454 1,205 1,375 
Total Net sales$29,487 $22,885 $25,939 
47


5.    BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS
Smart Foodservice Acquisition—On April 24, 2020, USF completed the last three fiscal years:
 2018 2017 2016
Meats and seafood$8,635
 $8,692
 $8,121
Dry grocery products4,239
 4,266
 4,127
Refrigerated and frozen grocery products3,898
 3,799
 3,653
Dairy2,520
 2,533
 2,380
Equipment, disposables and supplies2,298
 2,243
 2,166
Beverage products1,315
 1,306
 1,268
Produce1,270
 1,308
 1,204
 $24,175
 $24,147
 $22,919

5.BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS
There were no business acquisitions completed during fiscal year 2018.
Acquisitions completed during fiscal year 2017 included three broadline and two specialty distributors for aggregate cashacquisition of Smart Stores Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Smart Foodservice”), from funds managed by affiliates of Apollo Global Management, Inc. Total consideration of approximately $182 million.
Business acquisitions periodically provide for contingent consideration, including earnout payments inpaid at the event certain operating results are achieved during a defined post-closing period. During fiscal year 2018, the Company paid approximately $5 million of contingent consideration related to 2017 and 2016 business acquisitions. During fiscal year 2017, the Company paid approximately $8 million of earnout contingent consideration related to 2016 business acquisitions, of which $6 million was included as part of the fair valueclosing of the acquisition date(net of cash acquired) was $972 million. At the time of the acquisition, Smart Foodservice operated 70 small-format cash and carry stores across California, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, and Washington that serve small and mid-sized restaurants and other food business customers. The acquisition of Smart Foodservice expanded the Company’s cash and carry business in the West and Northwest parts of the U.S.
USF financed the Smart Foodservice acquisition with the new $700 million 2020 Incremental Term Loan Facility under the Term Loan Credit Agreement, as further described in Note 11, Debt, and with cash on hand. The assets, and liabilities and is reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statementresults of Cash Flows in cash flows from financing activities. Asoperations of December 29, 2018, the Company had no material outstanding contingent consideration for business acquisitions.
The 2017 acquisitions, reflectedSmart Foodservice have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements commencing fromsince the date ofthe acquisition did not materially affect the Company’s results of operations or financial position and, therefore, pro forma financial information has not been provided. The 2017 acquisitions were integrated into the Company’s foodservice distribution network and funded primarily with cash from operations.was completed.
The Company finalized the purchase accounting for the 2017 acquisitions during fiscal year 2018.




The following table summarizes the final purchase price allocationsallocation recognized for the 2017 business acquisitionsSmart Foodservice acquisition as follows:of April 24, 2020. The decrease in goodwill from January 2, 2021 to January 1, 2022 was due to the finalization of deferred income taxes associated with the acquisition in the first quarter of fiscal year 2021.

 2017
Accounts receivable$17
Inventories25
Other current assets1
Property and equipment29
Goodwill59
Other intangible assets72
Accounts payable(8)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities(6)
Deferred income taxes(7)
Cash paid for acquisitions$182

6.ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTSPurchase Price Allocation
Accounts receivable$
Inventories43 
Other current assets24 
Property and equipment84 
Goodwill(1)
895 
Other intangibles(2)
14 
Other assets145 
Accounts payable(38)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities(32)
Deferred income taxes(8)
Other long-term liabilities, including financing leases(160)
Cash paid for acquisition$972 
(1)    Goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, as well as expected synergies from the combined company. The acquired goodwill is not deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
(2)    Other intangibles consist of a trade name of $14 million with an estimated useful life of approximately 1 year.
Smart Foodservice acquisition and integration related costs included in distribution, selling and administrative costs in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income were $15 million and $21 million during fiscal years 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Food Group Acquisition—On September 13, 2019, USF completed the $1.8 billion acquisition of five foodservice companies (the “Food Group”) from Services Group of America, Inc.: Food Services of America, Inc., Systems Services of America, Inc., Amerifresh, Inc., Ameristar Meats, Inc. and GAMPAC Express, Inc. The acquisition of the Food Group expanded the Company’s network in the West and Northwest parts of the U.S.
USF financed the acquisition with the new $1.5 billion 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility, as further described in Note 11, Debt, and with borrowings under its revolving credit facilities.The assets, liabilities and results of operations of the Food Group have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date the acquisition was completed.
As a condition to receiving regulatory clearance for the acquisition from the Federal Trade Commission, USF divested three Food Group distribution facilities (the “Divested Assets”). The total amount of proceeds received from the October 11, 2019 sales of the Divested Assets at closing was $94 million, which, together with approximately $20 million in holdback funds and working capital adjustments, approximated the fair value of the Divested Assets. The assets and liabilities of the Divested Assets were included in assets of discontinued operations and liabilities of discontinued operations, respectively, in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets until their disposition. The operating results of the Divested Assets from the date the acquisition was completed through the date of sale were not significant.
48


The following table summarizes the final purchase price allocation for the acquisition of Food Group as of September 13, 2019. Adjustments to the preliminary purchase price allocation recorded in fiscal year 2020 were immaterial to the Company's consolidated financial statements.
Purchase Price Allocation
Accounts receivable$145 
Inventories165 
Assets of discontinued operations130 
Other current assets
Property and equipment210 
Goodwill(1)
764 
Other intangibles(2)
695 
Other assets47 
Accounts payable(200)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities(69)
Liabilities of discontinued operations(19)
Other long-term liabilities, including financing leases(43)
Cash paid for acquisition$1,832 
(1)    Goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, as well as expected synergies from the combined company. The acquired goodwill is deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
(2)    Other intangibles consist of customer relationships of $656 million with estimated useful lives of 15 years and indefinite-lived brand names and trademarks of $39 million.
Food Group acquisition and integration related costs included in distribution, selling and administrative costs in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income were $7 million, $24 million and $52 million for fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Pro Forma Financial Information—The following table presents the Company’s unaudited pro forma consolidated net sales, net income and earnings per share (“EPS”) for fiscal years 2020 and 2019. The unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of operations as if the acquisitions and related financings of Smart Foodservice and the Food Group had occurred as of December 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, which dates represent the first day of the Company’s fiscal year prior to their respective acquisition dates.
2020
(Unaudited)
2019
(Unaudited)
Pro forma net sales$23,258 $29,141 
Pro forma net (loss) income available to common shareholders$(225)$420 
Pro forma net income per share:
Basic$(1.02)$1.92 
Diluted$(1.02)$1.91 
The unaudited pro forma financial information for fiscal year 2019 presented above excludes the results of operations related to the Divested Assets, as the results of operations related to the Divested Assets were reflected as discontinued operations. Unaudited pro forma net sales, net income and net income per share related to the Divested Assets for fiscal year 2019:
2019
(Unaudited)
Pro forma net sales$392 
Pro forma net income available to common shareholders$
Pro forma income per share:
Basic$0.03 
Diluted$0.02 
The unaudited pro forma financial information above includes adjustments for: (1) incremental depreciation expense related to fair value increases of certain acquired property and equipment, (2) amortization expense related to the fair value of amortizable
49


intangible assets acquired, (3) interest expense related to the term loan facilities and revolving credit facilities used to finance the acquisitions, (4) the elimination of acquisition-related costs that were included in the Company’s historical results, and (5) adjustments to the income tax provision based on pro forma results of operations. No effect has been given to potential synergies, operating efficiencies or costs arising from the integration of Smart Foodservice and the Food Group with our previously existing operations or the standalone cost estimates and estimated costs incurred by their former respective parent companies. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have been achieved had the pro forma events taken place on the date indicated. Further, the pro forma financial information does not purport to project the Company’s future consolidated results of operations following the acquisitions.
6.    ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
Since mid-March 2020, our business has been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Starting in March 2020, in order to reduce the spread of COVID-19 and its variants, many countries, including the United States, took steps to restrict travel, temporarily close or enforce capacity restrictions on businesses, schools and other public gathering spaces, including restaurants and recreational, sporting and other similar venues. Due to the impact that the COVID-19 pandemic was expected to have on our customers, particularly our restaurant and hospitality customers, and to reflect the increased collection risk associated with our customers, we significantly increased our allowance for doubtful accounts during the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020. Since that initial charge in 2020, due to more favorable than anticipated collections on our pre-COVID-19 accounts receivable, we reduced our allowance for doubtful accounts. All pre-COVID-19 accounts receivable have been collected or written off by the end of fiscal year 2021.
A summary of the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the last three fiscal years is as follows:
202120202019
Balance as of beginning of year$67 $30 $29 
(Benefit) Charged to costs and expenses, net(24)63 21 
Adoption of ASU 2016-13— — 
Customer accounts written off—net of recoveries(10)(27)(20)
Balance as of end of year$33 $67 $30 
 2018 2017 2016
Balance at beginning of year$26
 $25
 $23
Charged to costs and expenses17
 18
 11
Customer accounts written off—net of recoveries(14) (17) (9)
Balance at end of year$29
 $26
 $25
This table excludes the vendor receivable related allowance for doubtful accounts of $3$7 million, at both December 29, 2018$5 million, and December 30, 2017 and $2$4 million at December 31, 2016.
7.ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FINANCING PROGRAM
Under its accounts receivable financing facility dated as of August 27, 2012, as amended (the “ABS Facility”)January 1, 2022, January 2, 2021, and December 28, 2019, respectively.
At the beginning of fiscal year 2020, the Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, USF sells, on a revolving basis, its eligible receivables to a wholly owned, special purpose, bankruptcy remote subsidiary (the “Receivables Company”). The Receivables Company, in turn, grants a continuing security interest in all of its rights, title and interestwhich resulted in the eligible receivablesrecording of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the administrative agent, for the benefitretained earnings of the lenders as defined by the ABS Facility. The Company consolidates the Receivables Company and, consequently, the transfer of the receivables is a transaction internal to the Company and the receivables have not been derecognized from the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. On a daily basis, cash from accounts receivable collections is remitted to the Company as additional eligible receivables are sold to the Receivables Company. If, on a weekly settlement basis, there are not sufficient eligible receivables available as collateral, the Company is required to either provide cash collateral or, in lieu of providing cash collateral, it can pay down its borrowings on the ABS Facility to cover the shortfall. Due to sufficient eligible receivables available as collateral, no cash collateral was held at December 29, 2018 or December 30, 2017. Included in the Company’s accounts receivable balance as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017 was approximately $1.0 billion of receivables held as collateral in support of the ABS Facility. See Note 12, Debt, for a further description of the ABS Facility.$1 million.
8.ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
7.    ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
The Company classifies its vacant land and closed facilities as assets held for sale at the time management commits to a plan to sell the facility,asset, the facilityasset is actively marketed and available for immediate sale, and the sale is expected to be completed within one year. Due to market conditions, certain facilitiesassets may be classified as assets held for sale for more than one year as the Company continues to actively market the facilities at reasonable prices.assets.
During fiscal year 2018, the Company closed a distribution facility2021, two excess facilities and transferred its business activities to another of the Company's distribution facilities. During fiscal year 2017, two closed distribution facilitiesvacant land previously held for future use were sold for aggregate proceeds of $22 million, resulting in a $3 million gain. Additionally, an excess

portion of a parcel of land, purchased earlier in the year, was transferred to assets held for sale. The Company sold one facility for cash proceeds of $4 million, which approximated the carrying value.
During fiscal year 2020, vacant land previously held for future use and two excess facilities were transferred to assets held for sale. The Company sold the vacant land for cash proceeds of $32 million, resulting in a gain on sale along with an operating facility thatof $17 million, which was closed due toincluded in distribution, selling and administrative costs in the consolidationCompany's Consolidated Statements of operations into a recently acquired facility.Comprehensive Income. The Company also sold the two excess facilities for aggregate cash proceeds of $10 million, which approximated their aggregate carrying values.
The changes in assets held for sale for fiscal years 20182021 and 20172020 were as follows:
20212020
Balance as of beginning of year$$
Transfers in11 24 
Assets sold(4)(24)
Balance as of end of the year$$

50
 2018 2017
Balance at beginning of year$5
 $21
Transfers in3
 4
Assets sold
 (19)
Tangible asset impairment charges(1) (1)
Balance at end of the year$7
 $5



8.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
9.PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment as of January 1, 2022 and January 2, 2021 consisted of the following:
January 1, 2022January 2, 2021
Range of
Useful Lives
Land$379 $365 
Buildings and building improvements1,508 1,471 10–40 years
Transportation equipment1,250 1,181 5–10 years
Warehouse equipment520 501 5–12 years
Office equipment, furniture and software933 961 3–7 years
Construction in process165 108 
4,755 4,587 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization(2,722)(2,566)
Property and equipment—net$2,033 $2,021 
 December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 
Range of
Useful Lives
Land$323
 $313
  
Buildings and building improvements1,252
 1,190
 10–40 years
Transportation equipment1,031
 949
 5–10 years
Warehouse equipment418
 384
 5–12 years
Office equipment, furniture and software858
 803
 3–7 years
Construction in process77
 88
  
 3,959
 3,727
  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization(2,117) (1,926)  
Property and equipment—net$1,842
 $1,801
  


Transportation equipment included $544$537 million and $444$530 million of capitalfinancing lease assets at December 29, 2018as of January 1, 2022 and December 30, 2017,January 2, 2021, respectively. Buildings and building improvements included $36$15 million and $97$30 million of capitalfinancing lease assets at December 29, 2018as of January 1, 2022 and December 30, 2017, respectively.January 2, 2021. Accumulated amortization of capitalfinancing lease assets was $247$261 million and $181$244 million at December 29, 2018as of January 1, 2022 and December 30, 2017,January 2, 2021, respectively. Interest capitalized was $2 million fornot material in both fiscal years 20182021 and 2017.2020.
Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment, including amortization of capitalfinancing lease assets, was $300$323 million, $283$343 million and $266$311 million for fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively.
10.GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES
9.    GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES
Goodwill includes the cost of acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of the tangible and other intangible net assets acquired. Other intangible assets include customer relationships, amortizable trade names, noncompete agreements, the brand names comprising the Company’s portfolio of exclusive brands, and trademarks. Brand names and trademarks are indefinite-lived intangible assets and, accordingly, are not subject to amortization.amortization, but are subject to impairment assessments as described below.
Customer relationships, amortizable trade names and noncompete agreements are intangible assets with definite lives, and are carried at the acquired fair value less accumulated amortization. Customer relationships, amortizable trade names and noncompete agreements are amortized over the estimated useful lives (two(which range from approximately 1 to four15 years). Amortization expense was $40$55 million, $95$79 million and $155$51 million for fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively. The weighted-average remaining useful life of all customer relationshipdefinite lived intangibles was approximately 2ten years at December 29, 2018.as of January 1, 2022. Amortization of these customer relationshipdefinite lived intangible assets is estimated to be $39$45 million for fiscal year 2019, $242022, $44 million for each of fiscal year 2020years 2023, 2024, 2025 and $62026, and $338 million fiscal year 2021.in the aggregate thereafter.

51


Goodwill and Other intangiblesother intangibles—net consisted of the following:
January 1, 2022January 2, 2021
Goodwill$5,625 $5,637 
Other intangibles—net
Customer relationships—amortizable:
Gross carrying amount$655 $725 
Accumulated amortization(99)(119)
Net carrying value556 606 
Trade names—amortizable:
Gross carrying amount15 
Accumulated amortization(1)(11)
Net carrying value
Noncompete agreements—amortizable:
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated amortization(3)(2)
Net carrying value— 
Brand names and trademarks—not amortizing271 281 
Total other intangibles—net$830 $892 
 December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017
Goodwill$3,967
 $3,967
Other intangibles—net   
Customer relationships—amortizable:   
Gross carrying amount$154
 $154
Accumulated amortization(85) (46)
Net carrying value69
 108
Noncompete agreements—amortizable:   
Gross carrying amount3
 4
Accumulated amortization(1) (1)
Net carrying value2
 3
Brand names and trademarks—not amortizing253
 253
Total other intangibles—net$324
 $364

The Company assesses for impairment of intangible assets with definite lives only if events occur that indicate that the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable. The Company assesses goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually, or more frequently if events occur that indicate an asset may be impaired. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company’s policy is to assess for impairment atas of the beginning of each fiscal third quarter. For intangible assets with definite lives, the Company assesses impairment only if events occur that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company completed its most recent annual impairment assessment for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment as of July 1, 2018,4, 2021, the first day of the third quarter of 2018, with no impairments noted.fiscal year 2021.
For goodwill, the reporting unit used in assessing impairment is the Company’s one1 business segment as described in Note 25,24, Business Information. The Company performed the annual goodwill impairment assessment using a qualitative approach to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying value. In performing the qualitative assessment, the Company identified and considered the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that affect the fair value of its goodwill. These factors include external factors such as market conditions, macroeconomic, and industry, as well as entity-specific factors, such as actual and planned financial performance. Based upon the Company’s qualitative fiscal 20182021 annual goodwill impairment analysis, the Company concluded that it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill exceeded its carrying value and there is no risk of impairment.
The Company’s fair value estimates of the brand names and trademarks indefinite-lived intangible assets are based on a relief-from-royaltyrelief from royalty method. The fair value of these intangible assets is determined for comparison to the corresponding carrying value. If the carrying value of these assets exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. Based uponKey assumptions used in the Company’s fiscal 2018 annual impairment analysis,relief from royalty method included the Company concludedlong-term growth rates of future revenues, the royalty rate for such revenue, and a discount rate. These assumptions require significant judgment by management, and are therefore considered Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy.
During fiscal year 2021, the Company implemented rebranding initiatives related to the integration of its brand namesa trade name acquired as part of the 2019 Food Group acquisition. As a result of the rebranding initiatives, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $7 million, which was included in restructuring costs and trademarks exceeded itsasset impairment charges in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The remaining carrying value.
value of the acquired trade name of $3 million was reclassified to trade names—amortizable and will be amortized with an estimated remaining useful life of 10 years. Due to the many variables inherent in estimating fair value and the relative size of the recorded indefinite-lived intangible assets, differences in assumptions may have a material effect on the results of the Company’s impairment analysis in future periods. No other impairments were noted as part of the annual impairment assessment for fiscal year 2021.
Due to the adverse impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic in fiscal year 2020 on forecasted earnings and the discount rate utilized in our valuation models, the Company recognized impairment charges of $9 million related to two trade names acquired as part of the Food Group acquisition, which was included in restructuring costs and asset impairment charges in fiscal year 2020 in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
11.FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The Company followsdecrease in goodwill as of January 1, 2022 is attributable to the accounting standardsfinalization of the purchase price allocation recognized for the Smart Foodservice acquisition, as described in Note 5, Business Acquisitions. The net decrease in the gross carrying amount
52


of customer relationships as of January 1, 2022 is attributable to the write-off of fully amortized intangible assets related to certain 2016 and 2017 business acquisitions. The net decrease in the gross carrying amount of amortizable trade names is attributable to the write-off of the fully amortized trade name related to the Smart Foodservice acquisition, when Smart Foodservice® warehouse stores were rebranded to CHEF'STORE® in March 2021, partially offset by the aforementioned reclassification of the remaining carrying value of the trade name acquired with the Food Group acquisition. The net decrease in the gross carrying amount of brand names and trademarks—not amortizing is primarily due to the aforementioned impairment of the trade name acquired with the Food Group acquisition with the remaining balance being reclassified to trade names—amortizable.
10.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Certain assets and liabilities are carried at fair value whereunder GAAP, under which fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. The Company’s fair value measurements are based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, fair value accounting standards establish a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:
Level 1—observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets

Level 2—observable inputs other than those included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active or inactive markets that are observable either directly or indirectly, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data
Level 3—unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions
Any transfers of assets or liabilities between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy will be recognized atas of the end of the reporting period in which the transfer occurs. There were no transfers between fair value levels in any of the periods presented below.
The Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 29, 2018January 1, 2022 and December 30, 2017,January 2, 2021, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall, were as follows:
December 29, 2018January 1, 2022
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Assets       Assets
Money market funds$1
 $
 $
 $1
Money market funds$99 $— $— $99 
Interest rate swaps
 19
 
 19
$1
 $19
 $
 $20
       
December 30, 2017January 2, 2021
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Assets       Assets
Money market funds$1
 $
 $
 $1
Money market funds$696 $— $— $696 
LiabilitiesLiabilities
Interest rate swaps
 13
 
 13
Interest rate swaps$— $$— $
$1
 $13
 $
 $14
Liabilities       
Contingent consideration payable for business acquisitions$
 $
 $1
 $1
There were no significant assets or liabilities on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.basis, except as further disclosed in Note 9, Goodwill and Other Intangibles.


Recurring Fair Value Measurements
Money Market Funds
Money market funds include highly liquid investments with aan original maturity of three or fewer months. TheyThese funds are valued using quoted market prices in active markets and are classified under Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company useshas in the past, and may in the future, use interest rate swaps, designated as cash flow hedges, to manage its exposure to interest rate movements in connection with its variable-rate Term Loan Facility (as defined in Note 12, Debt).debt. As of January 1, 2022, the Company had no outstanding interest rate swap agreements.
On August 1, 2017, USFAs of January 2, 2021, the fair value of the Company’s interest rate swaps liability from certain previously entered into four-year interest rate swap agreements, withwhich collectively had a notional amountvalue of $1.1 billion, reducing to $825$550 million, in the fourth year. These swaps effectively converted approximately half of the principal amount of the Term Loan Facility from a variable to a fixed rate loan. After giving effect to the June 22, 2018 amendment to the Term Loan Facility, the Company now effectively pays an aggregate rate of 3.71% on the notional amount covered by the interest rate swaps, comprised of a rate of 1.71% plus a spread of 2.00% (See Note 12, Debt).

The Company records its interest rate swapswas $5 million, as reflected in its Consolidated Balance SheetsSheet in accrued expenses and other current liabilities. The Company recorded these interest rate swaps at
53


fair value based on projections of cash flows and future interest rates. The determination of fair value includesincluded the consideration of any credit valuation adjustments necessary, giving consideration to reflect the creditworthiness of the respective counterparties orand the Company.
These interest rate swap agreements expired on July 31, 2021. Through the term of the swap agreements, the Company as appropriate. The following table presents the balance sheet location and fair valuepaid an aggregate effective rate of 3.45% on the notional amount of the Initial Term Loan Facility covered by the interest rate swaps at December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017:swap agreements, comprised of a rate of 1.70% plus a spread of 1.75% (see Note 11, Debt).
   Fair Value
 Balance Sheet Location December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments     
Interest rate swapsOther current assets $8
 $1
Interest rate swapsOther noncurrent assets 11
 12
 Total $19
 $13


Gains and losses on the interest rate swaps are initially recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss and reclassified to interest expense during the period in which the hedged transaction affects income. The following table presents the effect of the Company’s interest rate swaps in its Consolidated StatementStatements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended January 1, 2022, January 2, 2021, and December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017:28, 2019:
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
Amount of (Loss) Gain Recognized in Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss, net of tax
Location of Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Amount of (Gain) Loss Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss to Income,
net of tax
For the fiscal year ended January 1, 2022
Interest rate swaps$— Interest expense—net$
For the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021
Interest rate swaps$(8)Interest expense—net$
For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019
Interest rate swaps$(10)Interest expense—net$(5)
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
Amount of Gain Recognized in Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss, net of tax
 Location of Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 
Amount of (Gain) Loss Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss to Income,
net of tax
For the year ended December 29, 2018     
Interest rate swaps$7
 Interest expense—net $(2)
For the year ended December 30, 2017     
Interest rate swaps$6
 Interest expense—net $2


During the next twelve months, the Company estimates that $9 million will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to income.
Credit Risk-Related Contingent Features—The interest rate swap agreements contain a provision whereby the Company could be declared in default on its hedging obligations if more than $75 million of the Company’s other indebtedness is accelerated. As of December 29, 2018, none of our indebtedness was accelerated.
We review counterparty credit risk and currently are not aware of any facts that indicate our counterparties will not be able to comply with the contractual terms of their agreements.
Contingent Consideration Relating to Business Acquisitions
As discussed in Note 5, Business Acquisitions, contingent consideration may be paid under an earnout arrangement in connection with a business acquisition in the event certain operating results are achieved during a defined post-closing period. The amount included in the above table for fiscal year 2017, classified under Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy, represents the estimated fair value of the earnout liability for the respective period. This earnout liability was settled in fiscal year 2018. We estimated the fair value of the earnout liability based on financial projections of the acquired businesses and estimated probability of achievement. Changes in fair value resulting from changes in the estimated amount of contingent consideration are included in distribution, selling and administrative costs in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
Other Fair Value Measurements
The carrying value of cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, bank checks outstanding,vendor receivables, cash overdraft liability and accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair values due to their short-term maturities.
The fair value of the Company’s total debt approximated $5.1 billion, compared to its carrying value of $3.5 billion and $3.8$5.0 billion as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively.January 1, 2022. The December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017

fair value of the Company’s total debt approximated $5.8 billion compared to its carrying value of $5.7 billion as of January 2, 2021.
The fair value of the Company’s 4.625% unsecured senior notes due June 1, 2030 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030”) was $0.5 billion as of January 1, 2022. As discussed in Note 11, Debt, the proceeds from the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030, along with proceeds from issuance of the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility (as further described in Note 11, Debt) and cash on hand were used to repay all of the then outstanding borrowings under the Initial Term Loan Facility (as further described in Note 11, Debt). The fair value of the Company’s 4.75% unsecured senior notes due February 15, 2029 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029”) was $0.9 billion as of January 1, 2022. As discussed in Note 11, Debt, the proceeds from the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 were used to redeem the Company’s 5.875% unsecured senior notes due 2024 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024”) and other outstanding Company debt. The fair value of the unsecured Senior Notes due June 15, 2024 (the “Senior Notes”), estimated atwas $0.6 billion atas of January 2, 2021. The fair value of the endCompany’s 6.25% senior secured notes due April 15, 2025 (the “Secured Notes”) was $1.0 billion and $1.1 billion as of each period, wasJanuary 1, 2022 and January 2, 2021, respectively. The Fair value of the Secured Notes, the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030, the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 and the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024 is based upon their closing market prices on the respective dates. The fair value of the Secured Notes, the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030, the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 and the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024 is classified under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, with fair value based upon the closing market price at the end of the reporting period.hierarchy. The fair value of the balance of the Company’s debt is primarily classified under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, with fair value estimated based upon a combination of the cash outflows expected under these debt facilities, interest rates that are currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms, and estimates of the Company’s overall credit risk.
54
12.DEBT


11.    DEBT
Total debt consisted of the following:
Debt DescriptionMaturityInterest Rate as of January 1, 2022Carrying Value as of January 1, 2022Carrying Value as of January 2, 2021
ABL FacilityMay 31, 2024—%$— $— 
Initial Term Loan Facility (net of $3 of
     unamortized deferred financing costs) (1)
June 27, 2023—%— 2,098 
2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility (net of $25
      and $30 of unamortized deferred financing
      costs, respectively)
September 13, 20262.10%1,442 1,451 
2020 Incremental Term Loan Facility (net of $11
      of unamortized deferred financing costs)(2)
April 24, 2025—%— 284 
2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility (net of $7
      of unamortized deferred financing costs)
November 22, 20282.85%893 — 
Senior Secured Notes (net of $11 and $13 of
      unamortized deferred financing costs,
      respectively)
April 15, 20256.25%989 987 
Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024 (net of $3 of
      unamortized deferred financing costs)(2)
June 15, 2024—%— 597 
Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 (net of $8 of
      unamortized deferred financing costs) (2)
February 15, 20294.75%892 — 
Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 (net of $5 of
      unamortized deferred financing costs) (1)
June 1, 20304.625%495 — 
Obligations under financing leases2022–20391.25% - 8.63%292 323 
Other debtJanuary 1, 20315.75%
Total debt5,011 5,748 
Current portion of long-term debt(95)(131)
Long-term debt$4,916 $5,617 
Debt DescriptionMaturity Interest Rate at December 29, 2018 December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017
ABL FacilityOctober 20, 2020 7.00% $81
 $80
ABS FacilitySeptember 21, 2020 3.52% 275
 580
Term Loan Facility (net of $6 and $10
of unamortized deferred financing costs)
June 27, 2023 4.34% 2,145
 2,157
Senior Notes (net of $5 and $6
of unamortized deferred financing costs)
June 15, 2024 5.88% 595
 594
Obligations under capital leases2019–2025 2.31% - 6.19% 352
 336
Other debt2021–2031 5.75% - 9.00% 9
 10
Total debt    3,457
 3,757
Current portion of long-term debt    (106) (109)
Long-term debt    $3,351
 $3,648
At December 29, 2018, after considering interest rate swaps that fixed(1)    The Initial Term Loan Facility was paid in full on November 22, 2021, with the interest rate on $1.1 billion of principalproceeds from the issuance of the Unsecured Notes due 2030 and borrowings under the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility, as describedwell as cash on hand, as further discussed below.
(2)    The 2020 Incremental Term Loan Facility and Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024 were paid in Note 11, Fair Value Measurements,full on February 4, 2021 with the issuance of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 and subsequently terminated as further discussed below. The related unamortized deferred financing costs were written off in connection with the termination.
As of January 1, 2022, approximately 41%47% of the Company’s total debt wasbears interest at a floating rate.
Principal payments to be made on outstanding debt, exclusive of deferred financing costs, as of December 29, 2018,January 1, 2022, were as follows:
2022$95 
202395 
202480 
20251,062 
20261,440 
Thereafter2,295 
$5,067 
2019$106
2020455
202187
202272
20232,103
Thereafter645
 $3,468
ABL Facility
The following is a description of each of the Company’s debt instruments outstanding as of December 29, 2018:
ABL Facility—The Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2015, as further amended, sets forth USF’s asset backedbased senior secured revolving loancredit facility (the “ABL Facility”) and provides for loansUSF with loan commitments having a maximum aggregate principal amount of $1,990 million. Extensions of credit under its two tranches:the ABL Tranche A-1 and ABL Tranche A, with its capacity limited byFacility are subject to availability under a borrowing base. The maximum borrowing available is $1,300 million,base comprised of various percentages of the value of eligible accounts receivable, inventory, transportation equipment and certain unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, which, along with ABL Tranche A-1 at $100 million, and ABL Tranche A at $1,200 million.

As of December 29, 2018, USF had $81 million of outstandingother assets, also serve as collateral for borrowings and had issued letters of credit totaling $372 million, under the ABL Facility. Outstanding lettersThe ABL Facility is scheduled to mature on May 31, 2024, subject to a springing maturity date in the event that more than $300 million of credit included: (1) $298 million issued in favoraggregate principal amount of certain commercial insurers securingearlier maturing indebtedness under USF’s obligations with respectTerm
55


Loan Credit Agreement (described below) remains outstanding on a date that is sixty (60) days prior to its self-insurance program, (2) $73 million issued to secure USF’s obligations with respect to certain real estate leases, and (3) $1 million issuedthe maturity date for other obligations. There was available capacity onsuch indebtedness under the Term Loan Credit Agreement.
Borrowings under the ABL Facility of $847 millionbear interest, at December 29, 2018. AsUSF’s periodic election, at a rate equal to the sum ofDecember 29, 2018, on Tranche A-1 borrowings, USF may periodically elect to pay interest at an alternative base rate (“ABR”), as defined indescribed under the ABL Facility, plus 1.50%a margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.50%, or the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.50%. On Tranche A borrowings, USF can periodically elect to pay interest at ABR plus 0.25% orsum of a LIBOR plus 1.25%.a margin ranging from 1.00% to 1.50%, in each case based on USF’s excess availability under the ABL Facility. The interest rate spreads aremargin under the lowest providedABL Facility as of January 1, 2022, was 0.00% for in the agreement, based upon USF’s consolidated secured leverage ratio, as defined in the agreement.ABR loans and 1.00% for LIBOR loans. The ABL Facility also carries letter of credit financing fees equal to 0.125% per annum in respect of 1.25%each letter of credit outstanding, letter of credit participation fees equal to a percentage per annum equal to the applicable LIBOR margin minus the letter of credit facing fees in respect of each letter of credit outstanding and an unuseda commitment fee of 0.25%. per annum on the average unused amount of the commitments under the ABL Facility. The weighted-average interest rate on outstanding borrowings for the ABL Facility was 5.12%3.25% and 4.29%1.95% for fiscal years 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively.
ABS Facility—Under the ABS Facility, USF sells, on a revolving basis, its eligible receivables to the Receivables Company. See Note 7, Accounts Receivable Financing Program.
The maximum capacityhad no outstanding borrowings, and had outstanding letters of credit totaling $268 million, under the ABSABL Facility is $800 million. Borrowings under the ABS Facility were $275 million at December 29, 2018.as of January 1, 2022. The Company, atoutstanding letters of credit primarily relate to securing USF’s obligations with respect to its option, can request additional borrowings up to the maximum commitment, provided sufficient eligible receivables are available as collateral.insurance program and certain real estate leases. There was available capacity onof $1,722 million under the ABSABL Facility as of $455 million at December 29, 2018 based on receivables eligible as collateral. The ABS Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.00%, and carries an unused commitment fee of 0.35%. The weighted-average interest rate on outstanding borrowings for the ABS Facility was 3.00% and 2.18% for fiscal years 2018 and 2017, respectively.January 1, 2022.
Term Loan Facility—Facilities
The Amended and Restated Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2011, asJune 27, 2016 (as amended, the “Term Loan Credit Agreement”), provides USF with an incremental senior secured term loan borrowed in September 2019 (the “2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility”), an incremental senior secured term loan borrowed in November 2021 (the “2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility”) and the right to request additional incremental senior secured term loan commitments. Additionally, the Term Loan Credit Agreement provided USF with a senior secured term loan facilityborrowed in June 2016 (the “Term“Initial Term Loan Facility”) and an incremental senior secured term loan borrowed in April 2020 (the “2020 Incremental Term Loan Facility”), each of which were repaid in 2021, as discussed below.
Initial Term Loan Facility
On November 22, 2021, we repaid all of the then outstanding borrowings under the Initial Term Loan Facility, using proceeds from the issuance of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 and the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility, along with cash on hand, as discussed below.
2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility
The 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility had an outstanding balance of $2.1 billion$1,442 million, net of $25 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of January 1, 2022.
Borrowings under the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility bear interest at December 29, 2018. Principal repaymentsa rate per annum equal to, at USF’s option, either the sum of $5.5 million are payable quarterly withLIBOR plus a margin of 2.00%, or the balance due at maturity. sum of an ABR, as described under the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility, plus a margin of 1.00% (subject to a LIBOR “floor” of 0.00%).
The debt2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility is scheduled to mature on September 13, 2026. Borrowings under the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility may be voluntarily prepaid without penalty or premium, other than customary breakage costs related to prepayments of LIBOR-based borrowings. The 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility may require mandatory repayments if certain assets are sold, as set forth in the agreement.sold.
On June 22, 2018, the2020 Incremental Term Loan Facility was further amended to lower
On February 4, 2021, we repaid all of the interest rate marginsthen outstanding borrowings under the 2020 Incremental Term Loan Facility using proceeds from the issuance of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 as discussed below.
2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility
On November 22, 2021, USF entered into a new incremental term loan under the Term Loan Facility to 2.00% for LIBOR borrowings and 1.00% for ABR borrowings, among other things. The table above reflectsCredit Agreement, the December 29, 2018 interest rate on the unhedged portion of the Term Loan Facility. With respect to the portion of the2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility, subject to interest rate hedging agreements ($1.1 billion asin an aggregate principal amount of December 29, 2018),$900 million. USF used the June 22, 2018 amendment reducedproceeds of the effective interest rate to 3.71%.
In connection withborrowings under the June 22, 2018 amendment of the2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility, under accounting guidance,together with the Company applied modification accounting to the majorityproceeds of the continuing lenders as the terms were not substantially different from the terms that appliedUnsecured Senior Notes due 2030 and cash on hand, to those lenders prior to the amendment. For the remaining lenders, the Company applied debt extinguishment accounting. The Company recorded a debt extinguishment loss of $3 million in interest expense, consisting primarily of a write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the June 22, 2018 amendment. Unamortized deferred financing costs of $7 million at June 30, 2018 were carried forward and will be amortized through June 27, 2023, the maturity daterepay all of the Term Loan Facility.
Thethen outstanding borrowings under the Initial Term Loan Facility, was also amended on February 17, 2017 and November 30, 2017 (the “2017 Amendments”), in each case to reduce the interest rate spread on outstanding borrowings, among other things.
In connection with the 2017 Amendments of thepay related fees and expenses. The 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility under accounting guidance, the Company applied modification accounting to the majorityhad an outstanding balance of the continuing lenders as the terms were not substantially different from the terms that applied to those lenders prior to the amendment. For the remaining lenders, the Company applied debt extinguishment accounting. The Company recorded a debt extinguishment loss of $2$893 million, in interest expense, consisting primarily of write-offs of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the 2017 Amendments.
Senior Notes—The Senior Notes due 2024, with a carrying value of $595 million at December 29, 2018, net of $5$7 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of January 1, 2022.
Borrowings under the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility bear interest at 5.875%a rate per annum equal to, at USF’s option, either the sum of LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75%, or the sum of an ABR, as described under the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility, plus a margin of 1.75% (subject to a LIBOR “floor” of 0.00%).
56


The 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility is scheduled to mature on November 22, 2028. Borrowings under the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility may be voluntarily prepaid without penalty or premium, other than customary breakage costs related to prepayments of LIBOR-based borrowings and a 1.00% premium in the case of any “repricing transaction” within six months of November 22, 2021. The 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility may require mandatory repayments if certain assets are sold.
Senior Secured Notes due 2025
As of January 1, 2022, the Secured Notes had a carrying value of $989 million, net of $11 million of unamortized deferred financing costs. The Secured Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.25% per annum and will mature on April 15, 2025. On or after JuneApril 15, 2019, this debt is2022, the Secured Notes are redeemable, at USF’s option, in whole or in part at a price of 102.938%103.125% of the remaining principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date. On Juneor after April 15, 20202023 and JuneApril 15, 2021,2024, the optional redemption price for the debtSecured Notes declines to 101.469%101.563% and 100.0%100.000%, respectively, of the remaining principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date. Prior to
Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024
As of June 15, 2019, up to 40%2020, the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024 became redeemable, at USF’s option, in whole or in part at a price of 101.469% of the debt may beremaining principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including the applicable redemption date. On February 4, 2021, we redeemed all of the then outstanding Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024, including the early redemption premium, using proceeds from the issuance of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 as discussed below.
Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029
On February 4, 2021, USF completed a private offering of $900 million aggregate principal amount of Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029. USF used the proceeds of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029, together with cash on hand, to redeem all of the Company’s then outstanding Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024, repay all of the then outstanding borrowings under the 2020 Incremental Term Loan Facility and to pay related fees and expenses. In connection with the aggregate proceeds from equity offerings, as definedrepayment of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024 and the 2020 Incremental Term Loan Facility, the Company applied debt extinguishment accounting and recorded $23 million in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, consisting of a $14 million write-off of pre-existing unamortized deferred financing costs related to the redeemed facilities and a $9 million early redemption premium related to the Unsecured Senior Notes indenture,due 2024. Lender fees and third-party costs of $9 million associated with the issuance of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 were capitalized as supplemented,deferred financing costs.
The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 had an outstanding balance of $892 million, net of $8 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of January 1, 2022. The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 bear interest at a rate of 4.75% per annum and will mature on February 15, 2029. On or after February 15, 2024, the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 are redeemable, at USF's option, in whole or in part at a price of 102.375% of the remaining principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption premiumdate. On or after February 15, 2025 and February 15, 2026, the optional redemption price for the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 declines to 101.188% and 100.000%, respectively, of 105.875%.the remaining principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date.


Capital Leases–Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030
On November 22, 2021, USF completed a private offering of $500 million aggregate principal amount of Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030. USF used the proceeds of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030, together with borrowings under the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility and cash on hand, to repay all of the then outstanding borrowings under the Initial Term Loan Facility, and to pay related fees and expenses. In connection with the repayment of the Initial Term Loan Facility, the Company applied debt extinguishment accounting and recorded $2 million in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, primarily consisting of a write-off of pre-existing unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Initial Term Loan Facility. Lender fees and third-party costs of $12 million with the issuance of 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility and the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 were capitalized as deferred financing costs. The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 had an outstanding balance of $495 million, net of $5 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of January 1, 2022. The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 bear interest at a rate of 4.625% per annum and will mature on June 1, 2030. On or after June 1, 2025, the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 are redeemable, at USF’s option, in whole or in part at a price of 102.313% of the remaining principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date. On or after June 1, 2026 and June 1, 2027, the optional redemption price for the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 declines to 101.156% and 100.000%, respectively, of the remaining principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date.
57


Financing Leases—Obligations under capitalfinancing leases of $352$292 million at December 29, 2018as of January 1, 2022 consist primarily of amounts due for transportation equipment and building leases.
2016 Debt Transactions and Loss on Extinguishment
IPO Proceeds
As discussed in Note 1, Overview and Basis of Presentation, in June 2016, US Foods completed its IPO. Net proceeds of $1,114 million were used to redeem $1,090 million in principal of USF’s Old Senior Notes and pay the related $23 million early redemption premium. The balance of the Old Senior Notes was redeemed with proceeds from the June 2016 refinancings further discussed below.
June 2016 Refinancings
In June 2016, USF entered into a series of transactions to refinance the $2,042 million principal of its Term Loan Facility, redeem the remaining $258 million principal of its Old Senior Notes and pay the related $6 million early redemption premium. The aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Term Loan Facility was increased to $2,200 million. Additionally, USF issued $600 million in principal amount of Senior Notes.
The debt redemption and refinancing transactions completed in June 2016 resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $42 million, consisting of a $29 million early redemption premium related to the Old Senior Notes, $7 million of lender and third party fees, and a $6 million write-off of certain pre-existing unamortized deferred financing costs and premiums related to the refinanced and redeemed facilities.
CMBS Fixed Facility Defeasance
On September 23, 2016, USF, through a wholly owned subsidiary, legally defeased the commercial mortgage backed securities facility (the “CMBS Fixed Facility”), scheduled to mature on August 1, 2017. The CMBS Fixed Facility had an outstanding balance of $471 million net of unamortized deferred financing costs of $1 million. The cash outlay for the defeasance of $485 million represented the purchase price of U.S. government securities that would generate sufficient cash flow to fund interest payments from the effective date of the defeasance through, and including the repayment of, the $472 million principal for the CMBS Fixed Facility on February 1, 2017, the earliest date the loan could be prepaid. The defeasance resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $12 million, consisting of the difference between the purchase price of the U.S. government securities, not attributable to accrued interest through the effective date of the defeasance, and the outstanding principal of the CMBS Fixed Facility, and other costs of $1 million, consisting of unamortized deferred financing costs and other third party costs.
Security Interests
Substantially all of the Company’s assets are pledged under the various agreements governing our indebtedness. Debt under the ABSThe ABL Facility is secured by certain designated receivables, and, in certain circumstances, by restricted cash. The ABL Facility is secured by certain other designated receivables not pledged under the ABS Facility, as well as inventory and tractorscertain owned transportation equipment and trailers owned by the Company.certain unrestricted cash and cash equivalents. Additionally, the lenders under the ABL Facility have a second priority interest in the assets pledged under the Term Loan Facility. USF’s obligations under the Term Loan Facility are secured by all of the capital stock of USF and its direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries as defined in the agreements, and substantially all other non-real estate assets of USF and its subsidiaries. USF’s obligations under the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility and the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility are secured by all the capital stock of USF and its subsidiaries not pledged underand substantially all the ABS Facility or the ABL Facility.non-real estate assets of USF. Additionally, the lenders under the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility and the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility have a second priority interest in the inventory and tractors and trailerscertain transportation equipment pledged under the ABL Facility. USF’s interest rate swap obligations are secured by the collateral securing the ABL Facility.  Pursuant to the terms of the interest rate swap agreement between each of the interest rate swap counterparties and USF, each of the interest rate swap counterparties has agreed that its right to receive payment from the sale of the collateral is subordinate to the rights of the lenders under the ABL Facility. USF is not required to provide additional collateral to its hedge counterparties.
RestrictiveDebt Covenants
USF's credit facilities, loanThe agreements and indenturesgoverning our indebtedness contain customary covenants. These include, among other things, covenants that restrict USF’sour ability to incur certain additional indebtedness, create or permit liens on assets, pay dividends, or engage in mergers or consolidations. As of December 29, 2018, USF had $991 millionapproximately $1.4 billion of restricted payment capacity under these covenants, and approximately $2,238 million$2.8 billion of its net assets were

restricted after taking into consideration the net deferred tax assets and intercompany balances that eliminate in consolidation.consolidation as of January 1, 2022.
CertainThe agreements governing our indebtedness also contain customary events of default. Those include, without limitation, the failure to pay interest or principal when it is due under the agreements, cross default provisions, the failure of representations and warranties contained in the agreements to be true when made, and certain insolvency events. If an event of default occurs and remains uncured, the principal amounts outstanding, together with all accrued unpaid interest and other amounts owed, may be declared immediately due and payable by the lenders.payable. Were such an event to occur, the Company would be forced to seek new financing that may not be on as favorable terms as its current facilities.existing debt. The Company’s ability to refinance its indebtedness on favorable terms, or at all, is directly affected by the currentthen prevailing economic and financial conditions. In addition, the Company’s ability to incur secured indebtedness (which may enable it to achieve more favorable terms than the incurrence of unsecured indebtedness) depends in part on the value of its assets. This, in turn, is dependent on the strength of its cash flows, results of operations, economic and market conditions, and other factors.

12.    ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
13.ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
Accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities consisted of the following.following:
January 1, 2022January 2, 2021
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:
Salary, wages and bonus expenses$156 $105 
Operating expenses82 64 
Workers’ compensation, general and fleet liability41 43 
Group medical liability28 26 
Customer rebates and other selling expenses116 89 
Property and sales tax payable47 44 
Operating lease liability36 44 
Interest payable34 18 
Other70 64 
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities$610 $497 
Other long-term liabilities:
Workers’ compensation, general and fleet liability$151 $132 
Operating lease liability244 263 
Accrued pension and other postretirement benefit obligations
Uncertain tax positions31 33 
Other47 69 
Total Other long-term liabilities$479 $505 
58


 December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:   
Salary, wages and bonus expenses$132
 $161
Operating expenses75
 68
Workers’ compensation, general and fleet liability39
 49
Group medical liability28
 29
Customer rebates and other selling expenses96
 85
Property and sales tax30
 28
Interest payable13
 6
Other41
 25
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities$454
 $451
Other long-term liabilities:   
Workers’ compensation, general and fleet liability$120
 $121
Accrued pension and other postretirement benefit obligations40
 130
Financing lease obligation21
 24
Uncertain tax positions31
 81
Other20
 16
Total Other long-term liabilities$232
 $372


Self-Insured Liabilities —The Company is self-insured for general liability, fleet liability and workers’ compensation claims. Claims in excess of certain levels are insured.insured by external parties. The workers’ compensation liability, included in the table above under “workers’“Workers’ compensation, general liability and fleet liability,” is recorded at present value. This table summarizes self-insurance liability activity for the last three fiscal years:

202120202019
Balance as of beginning of the year$175 $165 $159 
Charged to costs and expenses95 83 80 
Acquisition— 17 
Reinsurance recoverable— 
Payments(85)(78)(91)
Balance as of end of the year$192 $175 $165 
Discount rate0.49 %0.15 %1.58 %
 2018 2017 2016
Balance at beginning of the year$170
 $164
 $172
Charged to costs and expenses56
 64
 59
Reinsurance recoverable7
 8
 
Payments(74) (66) (67)
Balance at end of the year$159
 $170
 $164
Discount rate2.50% 1.98% 1.47%


Estimated future payments for self-insured liabilities are as follows:
2022$41 
202339 
202420 
202513 
202610 
Thereafter71 
Total self-insured liability194 
Less amount representing interest(2)
Present value of self-insured liability$192 

59
2019$40
202024
202117
202212
202310
Thereafter66
Total self-insured liability169
Less amount representing interest(10)
Present value of self-insured liability$159



13.    RESTRUCTURING LIABILITIES
14.RESTRUCTURING LIABILITIES
The following table summarizes the changes in the restructuring liabilities for the last three fiscal years:
Severance and Related CostsFacility Closing CostsTotal
Balance as of December 29, 2018$$$
     Current period costs— — — 
     Payments, net— (1)(1)
Balance at December 28, 2019— 
     Current period costs27 30 
     Payments, net(27)(2)(29)
Balance as of January 2, 2021
     Current period costs (benefits)(1)
     Payments, net(3)— (3)
Balance as of January 1, 2022$$— $
 Severance and Related Costs Facility Closing Costs Total
Balance at January 2, 2016$119
 $
 $119
Current year charges71
 3
 74
Change in estimate(21) 
 (21)
Payments and usage—net of accretion(147) (2) (149)
Balance at December 31, 201622
 1
 23
Current year charges7
 
 7
Change in estimate(5) 
 (5)
Payments and usage—net of accretion(20) 
 (20)
Balance at December 30, 20174
 1
 5
Current year charges1
 
 1
Payments and usage—net of accretion(4) 
 (4)
Balance at December 29, 2018$1
 $1
 $2

TheFrom time to time, the Company periodically closesmay implement initiatives or consolidates distributionclose or consolidate facilities and implements initiatives in its ongoing effortsan effort to reduce costs and improve operating effectiveness. In connection with these activities, the Company incursmay incur various costs including multiemployer pension withdrawal liabilities and settlements, severance and other employeeemployee-related separation costs that are included in the above table.costs.
20182021 Activities
During fiscal year 2018, $1 million was recognized primarily for severance and related costs associated with a 2018 distribution facility closure and additional costs for current year and prior year initiatives.
2017 Activities
During fiscal year 2017,2021, the Company incurred a net chargerestructuring costs of $2 million, primarily for severance and related costs associated with its efforts to streamline its corporate back office organization and centralize replenishment activities.
2016 Activities
During fiscal year 2016, the Company incurred a net charge of $50$4 million for severance and related costs associated with its efforts to streamline its field operations model, streamline its corporate back office organization, centralize replenishment activities and complete the closure of a distribution facility. The Company also incurred $3 million inan excess facility closing costs relatedand initiatives to a lease termination settlement.improve operational effectiveness.

2020 Activities
15.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
During fiscal year 2017,2020, in order to adjust its cost structure in line with the decrease in Net sales caused by the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the operations of our restaurant, hospitality and education customers, the Company completed four secondary offeringsreduced its work force, and separately closed two facilities, incurring net restructuring costs of its common stock held primarily$30 million.
2019 Activities
During fiscal year 2019, the Company incurred de minimis restructuring costs.
See Note 9, Goodwill and Other Intangibles, for discussion related to asset impairment charges incurred during fiscal years 2021 and 2020.
14.    CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
On May 6, 2020 (the “Issuance Date”), pursuant to the terms of an Investment Agreement (the “Investment Agreement”) with KKR Fresh Aggregator L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, which agreement was joined on February 25, 2021 by investment funds associated with or designated by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLCpermitted transferee KKR Fresh Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“CD&R”KKR”), the Company issued and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., L.P. (“KKR” and, together with CD&R, the “Former Sponsors”). Following the completionsold 500,000 shares of the final offeringCompany’s Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) to KKR Fresh Aggregator L.P. for an aggregate purchase price of $500 million, or $1,000 per share (the “Issuance”). The Company used the net proceeds from the Issuance for working capital and general corporate purposes. In accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Designations for the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Certificate of Designations”), the Company paid dividends on the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock in the form of (a) 5,288; 8,842; 8,997 and 9,154 shares of Series A Preferred Stock on June 30, 2020, September 30, 2020, December 2017,31, 2020, and March 31, 2021, respectively, plus a de minimis amount in cash in lieu of fractional shares and (b) cash in the Former Sponsors no longer held anyamount of $28 million in the aggregate during subsequent quarters in fiscal year 2021.
The Series A Preferred Stock ranks senior to the shares of the Company’s common stock.stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), with respect to dividend rights and rights on the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company. The Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to a cumulative dividend at the rate of 7.0% per annum. If the Company diddoes not receivedeclare and pay a dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock, the dividend rate will increase by 3.0% to 10.0% per annum until all accrued but unpaid dividends have been paid in full. Dividends are payable in kind through the issuance of additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock for the first four dividend payments following the Issuance Date, and thereafter, in cash or in kind, or a combination of both, at the option of the Company.
60


The Series A Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the holders thereof at any proceeds fromtime into shares of Common Stock at an initial conversion price of $21.50 per share and an initial conversion rate of 46.5116 shares of Common Stock per share of Series A Preferred Stock, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments set forth in the offerings. The December 2017 offeringCertificate of Designations. At any time after May 6, 2023 (the third anniversary of the Issuance Date), if the volume weighted average price of the Common Stock exceeds $43.00 per share, as may be adjusted pursuant to the Certificate of Designations, for at least 20 trading days in any period of 30 consecutive trading days, at the election of the Company, all of the Series A Preferred Stock will be convertible into the relevant number of shares of Common Stock.
At any time after May 6, 2025 (the fifth anniversary of the Issuance Date), the Company may redeem some or all of the Series A Preferred Stock for a per share amount in cash equal to: (i) the sum of (x) 100% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus (y) all accrued and unpaid dividends, multiplied by (ii) (A) 105% if the redemption occurs at any time after the fifth anniversary of the Issuance Date and prior to the sixth anniversary of the Issuance Date, (B) 103% if the redemption occurs at any time after May 6, 2026 (the sixth anniversary of the Issuance Date) and prior to May 6, 2027 (the seventh anniversary of the Issuance Date), and (C) 100% if the redemption occurs at any time after May 6, 2027 (the seventh anniversary of the Issuance Date).
Upon certain change of control events involving the Company, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock must either (i) convert their shares of Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock at the then-current conversion price or (ii) cause the Company to redeem their shares of Series A Preferred Stock for an amount in cash equal to 100% of the liquidation preference thereof plus all accrued but unpaid dividends. If any such change of control event occurs on or before May 6, 2025 (the fifth anniversary of the Issuance Date), the Company will also includedbe required to pay the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock a “make-whole” premium of 5%.
Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote with the holders of the Common Stock on an as-converted basis. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are also entitled to a separate class vote with respect to, among other things, amendments to the Company’s repurchaseorganizational documents that have an adverse effect on the Series A Preferred Stock, authorization or issuances by the Company of 10,000,000securities that are senior to, or equal in priority with, the Series A Preferred Stock, increases or decreases in the number of authorized shares of common stock fromSeries A Preferred Stock, and issuances of shares of Series A Preferred Stock after the underwriter at $28.00 per share, which wasIssuance Date, other than shares issued as in-kind dividends with respect to shares of the priceSeries A Preferred Stock issued after the underwriter purchasedIssuance Date.
The following table summarizes the shares from the Former Sponsors in the offering. The $280 million paidactivity for the share repurchase reduced additional paid-in capital $96 million, with the remaining $184 million recognized in retained earnings asoutstanding Series A Preferred Stock and associated carrying value for fiscal years 2021 and 2020:
Series A Preferred Stock
SharesCarrying Value
Balance, December 28, 2019$— 
Shares issued for cash - Series A Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs500,000491
Shares issued as paid in kind dividend - Series A Preferred Stock23,127$28 
Balance, January 2, 2021523,127$519 
Shares issued as paid in kind dividend - Series A Preferred Stock9,15415 
Balance, January 1, 2022532,281 $534 
15.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
FMR LLC, is a constructive dividend.
The closingholder of approximately 10% of the Company’s share repurchase occurred substantially concurrently with the closingoutstanding common stock. As of January 1, 2022, investment funds managed by an affiliate of FMR LLC held approximately $24 million in aggregate principal amount of the offering,2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility and the repurchased shares were retired. In accordance with terms of2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility. Certain FMR LLC affiliates also provide administrative and trustee services for the prior registration rights agreement withCompany’s 401(k) Plan and provide administrative services for other Company sponsored employee benefit plans. Fees earned by FMR LLC affiliates are not material to the Former Sponsors, the Company incurred approximately $5 million of expenses in connection with the offerings, approximately $1 million of which was incurred in 2016. Underwriting discounts and commissions were paid by the selling stockholders.Company’s consolidated financial statements.
KKR Capital Markets LLC (“KKR Capital Markets”), an affiliate of KKR, received a de minimis feean aggregate of $2 million for debt advisory services rendered in connection with the February 2017 amendment ofUnsecured Senior Notes due 2029, the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility. Additionally, KKR Capital Markets received underwriter discountsFacility, and commissions of $5the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 financings during fiscal year 2021 and $6 million in connection with the Company’s IPO, and $1 million for debt advisory services rendered in connection with the Company's June 2016 debt refinancing transactions.
The Company was previously a party to consulting agreements with eachfinancing of the Former Sponsors pursuant to which each Former Sponsor providedSmart Foodservice acquisition during fiscal year 2020. As reported by the Company with ongoing consulting and management advisory services and received fees and reimbursement of related out of pocket expenses. On June 1, 2016, the consulting agreements with eachadministrative agent of the Former Sponsors were terminated. For fiscal year 2016,Initial Term Loan Facility and the Company recorded $362019 Incremental Term Loan Facility (the “Term Loan Agent”), investment funds managed by an affiliate of KKR held approximately $17 million in feesaggregate principal amount of the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility as of January 1, 2022 and expenses, including anapproximately $65 million in aggregate termination feeprincipal amount of $31 million. All fees paidthe Initial Term Loan Facility and the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility as of January 2, 2021.
61


16.    SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION, COMMON STOCK ISSUANCES AND COMMON STOCK
Our long-term incentive plans provide for the grant of various forms of share-based awards to the Former Sponsors, including the termination fees, were reportedour directors, officers and other eligible employees.
Total compensation expense related to share-based arrangements was $48 million, $40 million and $32 million for fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and is reflected in distribution, selling and administrative costs in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
On January 8, 2016, the Company paid a $666 million, or $3.94 per share, one-time special cash distribution to its stockholders of record as of January 4, 2016, of which $657 million was paid to the Former Sponsors. The distribution was funded with cash on hand and approximately $314 million of additional borrowings under the Company’s credit facilities. The Company has no plans to pay dividends currently, or in the foreseeable future, and has never paid dividends on its common stock, other than the January 2016 one-time special cash distribution. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors.

16.SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION, COMMON STOCK ISSUANCES AND COMMON STOCK
Since June 2016, the Company has granted stock-based awards to its directors, officers and other eligible employees under the US Foods Holding Corp. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”). Up to 9 million shares of common stock are available for issuance under the 2016 Plan. Prior to June 2016, share-based awards were granted to the Company’s directors, officers and other eligible employees under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”). The 2007 Plan terminated according to its terms on December 21, 2017, which meant that no shares were available for future issues under that plan. However, the termination of the 2007 Plan had no effect on any previously granted and outstanding stock-based awards.
Total compensation expense related to share-based arrangements was $28 million, $21 million and $18 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and is reflected in distribution, selling and administrative costs in the Company's Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. No share-based compensation cost was capitalized as part of the cost of an asset during those years. The total income tax benefit associated with share-based compensation recorded in the Company's Consolidated StatementStatements of Comprehensive Income was $6$10 million, $7$8 million and $6$8 million for fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively.
Common Stock Issuances—Certain employees purchased shares of our common stock, pursuant to a management stockholder’s agreement associated with the 2007 Plan. These shares are subject to the terms and conditions (including certain restrictions on transfer) of each management stockholder’s agreement, other documents signed at the time of purchase, and pursuant to the applicable law.

In August 2016,addition, the Company established the US Foods Holding Corp. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”)sponsors an employee stock purchase plan to provide its eligible employees with the opportunity to acquire common shares of the Company. In May 2018, the ESPP was amended and restated to increase the number of shares available for purchase under the plan from 1,250,000 to 4,750,000. The ESPP provides participants withour common stock at a discount of 15% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of purchase, and as such, the plan is considered compensatory for federal income tax purposes. The Company recorded $3$4 million, $3 million and $1$4 million of stock-basedshare-based compensation expense for fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively, associated with the ESPP.employee stock purchase plan.
Stock OptionsThe Company has granted to certainCertain directors, executive officers and other eligible employees have been granted time-based stock options (“Time(the “Time-Based Options”) and performance-based options (“Performance(the “Performance Options” and, together with the TimeTime-Based Options, the “Options”) to purchase shares of our common stock. These
The Time-Based Options are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the relevant incentive plan documents and stock option agreements pursuant to which they were granted. The Options also contain certain anti-dilution provisions. 
The Time Optionsgenerally vest and become exercisable ratably over periodsa period of three to four years, either onfrom the anniversary date of the grant or the last day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year issued. Compensationgrant. Share-based compensation expense related to Timethe Time-Based Options was $7$12 million, in fiscal year 2018$10 million and $4$8 million for fiscal years 20172021, 2020 and 2016.2019, respectively.
The Performance Options alsogenerally vest and become exercisable ratably over a period of four years, either on from the anniversary date of the grant, or the last day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year issued, provided that the Company achieves an annuala predetermined financial performance targetcondition established by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors (the “Committee”). Awards granted priorfor the respective award tranche.
The Company recorded no share-based compensation expense attributable to 2016 were subject to annualPerformance Options in fiscal years 2020 and if applicable, cumulative performance targets for each2019 as a result of the fourperformance conditions for fiscal years which2019 and 2018, respectively, were established by the Committee at the beginning of each respective fiscal year. As a result, under GAAP,not met and the Performance Options related to these performance periods were deemed to have been granted eachsubsequently forfeited. There was no share-based compensation expense recorded in fiscal year on the date when the annual financial performance target for the respective tranche of the option was established by the Committee. Performance Options granted prior2021 related to the 2016 award contain a catch-up vesting provision to the extent that the applicable annual financial performance target is not met.
The Company recorded compensation expense of $1 million, $3 million and $4 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for the expected vesting of the Performance Options.
The Options are nonqualified, with exercise prices equal to the estimated fair value of a share of common stock atas of the date of the grant. Exercise prices range from $8.51$9.86 to $33.56$38.17 per share and generally have a 10-year life. The fair value of each Option is estimated as of the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
The weighted-average assumptions for Options granted in fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 are included in the following table.table:
2018 2017 2016202120202019
Expected volatility35.7% 31.8% 28.8%Expected volatility53.0 %29.3 %23.7 %
Expected dividends
 
 
Expected dividends— — — 
Risk-free interest rate2.6% 1.9% 1.5%Risk-free interest rate1.1 %0.5 %2.3 %
Expected term (in years)5.4
 5.8
 5.9
Expected term (in years)6.16.15.6
Expected volatility is calculated leveraging the historical volatility of public companies similar to US Foods. The assumed dividend yield is zero because the Company has not historically paid dividends. However, as further discussed in Note 15, Related Party Transactions, the Company paid a one-time, special cash distribution to stockholders before the IPO in January 2016. The risk-free interest rate is the implied zero-coupon yield for U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity approximately equal to the expected term, as of the grant date. Due to a lack of relevant historical data, the simplified approach was used to determine the expected term of the options.

62


The summary of Options outstanding and changes during fiscal year 20182021 are presented below.below:
Time
Options
Performance
Options
Total
Options
Weighted-
Average Fair Value
Weighted-
Average Exercise Price
Weighted-
Average Remaining Contractual Years
Outstanding as of January 2, 20215,126,908 358,829 5,485,737 $6.85 $21.10 
Granted966,251 — 966,251 $18.59 $36.85 
Exercised(709,819)(91,843)(801,662)$6.65 $19.97 
Forfeited(199,168)(3,343)(202,511)$6.77 $19.03 
Outstanding as of January 1, 20225,184,172 263,643 5,447,815 $8.96 $24.14 7.2
Vested and exercisable as of January 1, 20222,426,951 263,643 2,690,594 $8.50 $25.05 5.9
 
Time
Options
 
Performance
Options
 
Total
Options
 
Weighted-
Average Fair Value
 
Weighted-
Average Exercise Price
 
Weighted-
Average Remaining Contractual Years
Outstanding at December 30, 20173,009,552
 1,605,417
 4,614,969
 $7.47
 $18.79
  
Granted680,863
 365,381
 1,046,244
 $14.55
 $28.69
  
Exercised(726,989) (699,135) (1,426,124) $6.55
 $14.34
  
Forfeited(249,862) (48,831) (298,693) $10.50
 $26.59
  
Outstanding at December 29, 20182,713,564
 1,222,832
 3,936,396
 $9.45
 $22.44
 7.1
Vested and exercisable at December 29, 20181,103,649
 883,591
 1,987,240
 $7.55
 $17.97
 6.1


The weighted-average grant date fair value of Options granted for fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 was $14.55, $11.08$18.59, $3.91 and $6.28,$10.63, respectively.
During fiscal year 2018,years 2021, 2020 and 2019, Options were exercised with a total intrinsic valuevalues of $28$14 million, $3 million and $21 million, respectively, representing the excess of fair value over the exercise price.During fiscal year 2017, Options were exercised with a total intrinsic value of $86 million, representing the excess of fair value over exercise price.During fiscal year 2016, Options were exercised by terminated employees for a cash outflow of $4 million, representing the excess of fair value over exercise price.
As of December 29, 2018, there were $12There was $15 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested Options expected to vest as of January 1, 2022, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of two years.
Restricted SharesStock Awards—Certain executive officers and employees werehave been granted restricted sharesstock awards (“RSAs”), some of which vest ratably over a three-year period from the date of grant (the “Restricted Shares”“Time-Based RSA”) and others of which vest to the extent certain performance conditions are met (the “Performance RSAs”).
The Company recorded share-based compensation expense for the Time-Based RSAs of $1 million in each of fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020, and 2016 granted under the 2016 Plan. Prior to 2017, the Restricted Shares contained time-based vesting (the “Time-Based Restricted Shares”) and non-forfeitable dividend rights, none of which remain unvested. In fiscal year 2018 and 2017, the restricted shares were subject to performance conditions (the “Performance Restricted Shares”) and contained forfeitable dividend rights.2019.
The Performance Restricted SharesRSAs were granted assuming the maximum award amountlevel of performance and vest on the third anniversary of the grant date if specific performance goalsconditions over a three-year performance period are achieved. The number of shares eligible to vest on the vesting date range from zero to 200% of the target award amount, based on the achievement of the performance goals.conditions. The fair value of the Performance Restricted SharesRSAs is measured using the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and recognized over the three-year vesting period for the portion of the award that is expected to vest. Compensation expense for the Performance Restricted SharesRSAs is remeasured atas of the end of each reporting period, based on management’s evaluation of whether, and to what extent, it is probable that performance conditions will be met.
Share-based compensation expense for the Performance RSAs was $1 million, $2 million and $3 million for fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The summary of unvested Performance Restricted Shares outstandingRSAs and changes during fiscal year 20182021 is presented below: 
Time-Based RSAsPerformance RSAsTotal RSAs
Weighted-
Average
Fair
Value
Unvested as of January 2, 202177,811 462,874 540,685 $34.14 
      Granted— — — $— 
      Vested(38,902)(32,356)(71,258)$34.11 
      Forfeited(3,216)(19,292)(22,508)$— 
      Performance adjustment(1)
— (197,092)(197,092)$33.56 
Unvested as of January 1, 202235,693 214,134 249,827 $34.56 
 
Performance Restricted
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Fair
Value
Unvested at December 30, 2017$241,313
 $30.39
      Granted249,314
 $33.56
      Vested
 $
      Forfeited(41,804) $31.90
Unvested at December 29, 2018$448,823
 $32.01
(1)Represents an adjustment to the 2018 Performance RSAs based on the actual performance during the three-year performance period.


The weighted-average grant date fair value for the Performance Restricted SharesRSAs granted in fiscal year 2019 was $34.56. There were no RSAs granted in fiscal years 2018, 20172020 and 20162021. There was $33.56, $30.39 and $14.58, respectively. Compensation expense for the Restricted Shares was $2 million, $1 million and $2 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. At December 29, 2018, there was $4 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the Performance Restricted SharesRSAs as of January 1, 2022, that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of two years.one year.

Restricted Stock Units—Certain directors, executive officers and other eligible employees have been granted time-based restricted stock units (the “Time-Based RSUs”) and/or, performance-based restricted stock units (the “Performance RSUs”) and, market performance-based restricted stock units (the “Market Performance RSUs” and collectively with the Time-Based RSUs
63


and Performance RSUs, the “RSUs”) pursuant to the 2007 Plan and, after the IPO, pursuant to the 2016 Plan. The RSUs contain certain anti-dilution provisions.. The Time-Based RSUs generally vest ratably over three to four years, starting on the anniversary date of the grant. For fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, the Company recognized $12$26 million, $6$23 million and $4$14 million, respectively, in share-based compensation expense related to the Time-Based RSUs.
Prior to fiscal year 2017, theThe Performance RSUs vested ratablygenerally vest over four years, either ona three year period, as and to the anniversary of the date of grant, or the last day of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal year in which they were granted), based on the achievement of an annual operatingextent predetermined performance target applicable to each tranche. For grants of Performance RSUs made prior to fiscal year 2016, those targets also provided for catch-up vesting if the respective annual financial performance target was not achieved but a subsequent cumulative financial performance target was achieved. Beginning in fiscal year 2017, the Performance RSUs vest at the end of a three-year vesting period based on achievement of certain, pre-established year over year Adjusted EBITDA growth and return on invested capital goals during a three-year performance period. The number of shares earned at the end of the vesting period range from zero to 200% based on the relative achievement of the performance goals.
conditions are met. The fair value of each share underlying the Performance RSUs is measured at the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and recognized over the vesting period for the portion of the award that is expected to vest. Compensation expense for the Performance RSUs is remeasured atas of the end of each reporting period, based on management’s evaluation of whether it is probable that the performance conditions will be met. The Company recognized $1 million, $1 million and $2 million of share-based compensation expense in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, for the Performance RSUs.
During fiscal year 2021, the Company granted Market Performance RSUs to certain executive officers and other eligible employees. These Market Performance RSUs awards vest at the end of a four-year performance period contingent on our achievement of certain total shareholder return performance (“TSR”) targets during the performance period. The grant date fair value of the Market Performance RSUs was estimated using a Monte-Carlo simulation. The Company recognized $3 million of share-based compensation expense in fiscal year 2018years 2021 for the Market Performance RSUs. There were no Market Performance RSUs that are expectedoutstanding prior to vest. The Company recognized $3 million offiscal year 2021 and therefore no share-based compensation expense was recorded in fiscal year 2017 for2020 and 2019 related to the Market Performance RSUs that, at the end of fiscal year 2017 were expected to vest. The Company recognized $4 million of compensation expense in fiscal year 2016 for the Performance RSUs that, at the end of fiscal year 2016, were expected to vest.RSUs.
A summary of unvested RSUs outstanding and changes during fiscal year 20182021 is presented below.
Time-Based
RSUs
Performance
RSUs
Market Performance RSUsTotal
RSUs
Weighted-
Average
Fair
Value
Unvested as of January 2, 20212,692,450 209,737 — 2,902,187 $18.16 
Granted857,273 — 357,755 1,215,028 $37.74 
Vested(1,058,863)(27,423)— (1,086,286)$19.46 
Forfeited(185,564)(6,648)(7,612)(199,824)$22.05 
      Performance adjustment(1)
— (69,603)— (69,603)$33.56 
Unvested as of January 1, 20222,305,296 106,063 350,143 2,761,502 $25.60 
 
Time-Based
RSUs
 
Performance
RSUs
 
Total
RSUs
 
Weighted-
Average
Fair
Value
Unvested at December 30, 2017909,292
 276,553
 1,185,845
 $26.79
Granted564,951
 269,116
 834,067
 $33.48
Vested(310,495) (127,276) (437,771) $25.91
Forfeited(126,907) (61,677) (188,584) $29.45
Unvested at December 29, 20181,036,841
 356,716
 1,393,557
 $30.71
(1) Represents an adjustment to the 2018 Performance RSUs based on actual performance during the respective three-year performance period.


The weighted-average grant date fair values for the RSUs granted in fiscal years 2018, 2017,2021, 2020, and 20162019 was $33.48, $29.77$37.74, $13.83 and $18.75,$35.09, respectively.
At December 29, 2018,As of January 1, 2022, there was $27$41 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the RSUs that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of two years.
Equity Appreciation Rights—The Company has an Equity Appreciation Rights (“EAR”) plan for certain employees. Each EAR represents one phantom share of our common stock. The EARs also contain certain anti-dilution provisions. The EARs vest and become payable at the time of a participant's involuntary termination of employment or a change in control of the Company, in each case, as defined in the applicable agreement. EARs are forfeited upon voluntary termination of the participant’s employment. The EARs are settled in cash upon vesting and, accordingly, are considered liability instruments. No EARs were granted during fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016. Compensation expense for the EARs which vested for participants whose employment was involuntarily terminated during fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 was de minimis.

17.    LEASES
As the EARs are liability instruments, the fair value of the awards is re-measured each reporting period until the award vests and is settled. Since vesting of all outstanding EARs is contingent upon performance conditions, as defined in the EAR plan, which are not considered probable,no compensation expense has been recorded to date for the outstanding EARs, except for that related to participants whose employment was involuntarily terminated, and as such, no liability has been recognized. As of December 29, 2018, there were a total of 344,359 EARs outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of $9.81 per share.

17.LEASES
The Company leases variouscertain distribution and warehouse facilities, office facilities, fleet vehicles, and office facilities and certain equipment under operating and capital lease agreements that expire at various dates, and in some instances contain renewal provisions.warehouse equipment. The Company expensesdetermines if an arrangement is a lease at inception and recognizes a financing or operating lease costs, including any scheduled rent increases, rent holidaysliability and right-of-use (“ROU”) asset in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of future minimum lease payments over the lease term as of commencement date. For the Company’s leases that do not provide an implicit borrowing rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available as of commencement date in determining the present value of future payments. The lease terms may include options to extend, terminate or landlord concessions,buy out the lease. When it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise these options, the associated payments are included in ROU assets and the estimated lease liabilities. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company recognizes lease expense for leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company also has lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, which are accounted for separately. For office and warehouse equipment leases, the Company accounts for the lease and non-lease components as a financingsingle lease obligation on a distribution facility through 2023.
Future minimumcomponent. Variable lease payments underthat do not depend on an index or a rate, such as insurance and property taxes, are excluded from the above mentioned noncancelablemeasurement of the lease agreements, together with contractual sublease income,liability and are recognized as of December 29, 2018, were as follows:variable lease cost when the obligation for that payment is incurred.
64


 
Financing Lease
Obligation
 Capital Leases Operating Leases Sublease Income Net
2019$4
 $95
 $31
 $(1) $129
20205
 84
 29
 
 118
20215
 71
 25
 
 101
20225
 54
 22
 
 81
20235
 43
 18
 
 66
Thereafter
 38
 7
 
 45
Total minimum lease payments (receipts)24
 385
 $132
 $(1) $540
Less amount representing interest(4) (33)      
Present value of minimum lease payments$20
 $352
      
Total operatingThe following table presents the location of the ROU assets and lease expense, included in distribution, selling and administrative costsliabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets:
LeasesConsolidated Balance Sheet LocationJanuary 1, 2022January 2, 2021
Assets
OperatingOther assets$275 $284 
Financing
Property and equipment-net(1)
291 316 
Total leased assets$566 $600 
Liabilities
Current:
OperatingAccrued expenses and other current liabilities$36 $44 
FinancingCurrent portion of long-term debt72 86 
Noncurrent:
OperatingOther long-term liabilities244 263 
FinancingLong-term debt220 237 
Total lease liabilities$572 $630 

(1)Financing lease assets are recorded net of accumulated amortization of $261 million and $244 million as of January 1, 2022 and January 2, 2021.
The following table presents the location of lease costs in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019 in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, was $46 million, $44 million and $43 millionIncome:
Lease CostStatements of Comprehensive Income Location202120202019
Operating lease costDistribution, selling and administrative costs$58 $52 $29 
Financing lease cost:
Amortization of leased assetsDistribution, selling and administrative costs73 79 76 
Interest on lease liabilitiesInterest expense-net10 12 12 
Short-term lease costDistribution, selling and administrative costs— — 
Variable lease costDistribution, selling and administrative costs11 13 
Net lease cost$153 $156 $123 
Future lease payments under lease agreements as of January 1, 2022 were as follows:
Maturity of Lease LiabilitiesOperating LeasesFinancing Lease
Obligation
Total
2022$56 $79 $135 
202355 77 132 
202440 60 100 
202539 41 80 
202635 26 61 
After 2026140 30 170 
Total lease payments365 313 678 
Less amount representing interest(85)(21)(106)
Present value of lease liabilities$280 $292 $572 
65



Other information related to lease agreements for fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016, respectively.2019 was as follows:

Cash Paid For Amounts Included In Measurement of Liabilities202120202019
Operating cash flows from operating leases$55 $56 $37 
Operating cash flows from financing leases10 12 12 
Financing cash flows from financing leases87 102 90 
Lease Term and Discount RateJanuary 1, 2022January 2, 2021December 28, 2019
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years):
Operating leases8.308.426.14
Financing leases5.745.314.85
Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leases6.1 %6.6 %4.4 %
Financing leases3.2 %3.2 %3.5 %
18.RETIREMENT PLANS

18.    RETIREMENT PLANS
The Company hassponsors a defined benefit pension plan and defined contribution retirement plans401(k) plan for itseligible employees, and provides certain postretirement health and welfare benefits to eligible retirees and their dependents. Also, the Company contributes to various multiemployer plans under certain of its collective bargaining agreements.
Company Sponsored Defined Benefit Plans —TheThe Company maintainssponsors the US Foods Consolidated Defined Benefit Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”), a qualified defined benefit retirement plan, and a nonqualified retirement plan (“Retirement Plans”) that paypays benefits to certaineligible employees at the time of retirement, using actuarial formulas based onupon a participant’s years of credited service and compensation. Only certain union associates are eligible to participate and continue to accrue benefits under the plan per the collective bargaining agreements. The plan is closed and frozen to all other employees. During fiscal year 2020, in connection with the Smart Foodservice acquisition, the Company assumed a defined benefit pension plan with net liabilities of approximately $19 million. This defined benefit pension plan was merged into the Retirement Plan as of December 31, 2020. The Company also maintains postretirement health and welfare plans for certain employees. Amounts related to the defined benefitRetirement Plan and other postretirement plans recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements are determined on an actuarial basis.

The components of net periodic pension benefit costs (credits) costs for the Retirement Plan the last three fiscal years were as follows:
202120202019
2018 2017 2016
Components of net periodic pension (credits) benefit costs:     
Components of net periodic pension benefit (credits) costs:Components of net periodic pension benefit (credits) costs:
Service cost$2
 $2
 $4
Service cost$$$
Interest cost36
 40
 41
Interest cost29 32 37 
Expected return on plan assets(52) (48) (48)Expected return on plan assets(54)(55)(49)
Amortization of net loss3
 4
 8
Amortization of net loss— 
Settlements
 18
 4
Settlements— — 12 
Net periodic pension (credits) benefit costs$(11) $16
 $9
Net periodic pension benefit (credits) costsNet periodic pension benefit (credits) costs$(22)$(19)$
    
Other postretirement (credits) benefit costs were de minimis for fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016.2019.
The service cost component of net periodic (credits) benefit costscredits (costs) is included in distribution, selling and administrative costs, while the other components of net periodic (credits) benefit costscredits (costs) are included in other income—(income) expense—net respectively, in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
The Company contributed approximately $71 milliondid not make a significant contribution to its defined benefitthe Retirement Plan in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and other postretirement plans2019.
During fiscal year 2019, the Company completed a voluntary lump sum settlement offer to certain terminated plan participants who held vested accrued benefits under a certain threshold amount. In addition, during fiscal year 2018,2019, the Company completed a spin-off of which $35 million represented an additional, voluntary contribution to the defined benefitliabilities associated with certain active participants with small, accrued benefits and retirees into a separate plan and immediately terminated that plan. As a result of the incremental voluntary contribution,termination of the Company remeasured its defined benefit pension liability asspin-off of May 31, 2018, resulting in a reduction in the benefitplan, those participants were able to elect to receive immediate lump sum payouts, with any remaining liabilities transferred to an insurance company through the purchase of an annuity contract. Pension obligation settlement payments of $33$66 million with a corresponding benefitrelated to accumulated other comprehensive loss. The remeasurement had an immaterial impact onthese
66


transactions, consisting of lump sum payments and the 2018 annual net periodic (credits) benefit costs.
annuity contract premium, were paid from plan assets. The Company incurred non-cash settlement chargescosts of $18$12 million and $4 million forin fiscal years 2017 and 2016, respectively, resulting from lump sum benefit payments.year 2019. The fiscal year 2019 settlement costs were included in other (income) expense—net in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. No non-cash settlement chargescosts were incurred in 2018. All lump sum benefit payments were paid from plan assets.

fiscal years 2021 and 2020.
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss for pension benefits for the last three fiscal years were as follows:
202120202019
Changes recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss:
Actuarial gain$14 $29 $44 
Amortization of net loss— 
Settlements— — 12 
Net amount recognized$14 $30 $60 
 2018 2017 2016
Changes recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss:     
Actuarial gain (loss)$6
 $
 $(63)
Prior year correction(1)

 
 (22)
Amortization of net loss3
 4
 8
Settlements
 18
 4
Net amount recognized$9
 $22
 $(73)
(1)
In the second quarter of fiscal year 2016, the Company recorded a $22 million increase to its pension obligation, with a corresponding increase to accumulated other comprehensive loss, to correct a computational error related to a 2015 pension plan freeze. The Company determined the error did not materially impact the financial statements for any of the periods reported.
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss for other postretirement benefits for the last three fiscal years were de minimis.
The funded status of the defined benefit plansRetirement Plan for the last three fiscal years was as follows:
Pension Benefits
202120202019
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation as of beginning of year$1,061 $903 $871 
Service cost
Interest cost29 32 37 
Actuarial (gain) loss(30)98 100 
Settlements— — (84)
Benefit disbursements(47)(45)(23)
Smart Foodservice assumed benefit obligations— 70 — 
Benefit obligation as of end of year1,016 1,061 903 
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of year1,112 923 836 
Return on plan assets38 183 193 
Employer contribution— — 
Settlements— — (84)
Benefit disbursements(47)(45)(23)
Smart Foodservice acquired plan assets— 51 — 
Fair value of plan assets as of end of year1,103 1,112 923 
Net funded status$87 $51 $20 
 Pension Benefits
 2018 2017 2016
Change in benefit obligation:     
Benefit obligation at beginning of year$976
 $966
 $863
Service cost2
 2
 4
Interest cost36
 40
 41
Actuarial (gain) loss(97) 76
 73
Prior year correction
 
 22
Settlements
 (87) (16)
Benefit disbursements(46) (21) (21)
Benefit obligation at end of year871
 976
 966
Change in plan assets:     
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year851
 799
 742
Return on plan assets(40) 124
 58
Employer contribution71
 36
 36
Settlements
 (87) (16)
Benefit disbursements(46) (21) (21)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year836
 851
 799
Net funded status$(35) $(125) $(167)


The net funded status of the Retirement Plan for fiscal year 2021 improved from a net asset of $51 million to a net asset of $87 million, primarily due to asset returns, and an increase in the discount rate. The net funded status of the Retirement Plan for fiscal year 2020 improved from a net asset of $20 million to a net asset of $51 million, primarily due to asset returns, partially offset by a decrease in the discount rate and the merger of the Smart Foodservice pension plan into the Retirement Plan. The net funded status of the Retirement Plan for fiscal year 2019 improved from a net liability of $35 million to a net asset of $20 million, primarily due to asset returns and lump sum payments made that released more benefit obligation than assets paid, partially offset by a decrease in the discount rate.
The fiscal year 20182021 pension benefits actuarial gain of $97$30 million was primarily due to an increase in the discount rate. The 2017 and 2016fiscal year 2020 pension benefits actuarial lossesloss of $76$98 million and $73 million, respectively, werewas primarily due to decreasesa decrease in the discount rates.


rate. The fiscal year 2019 pension benefits actuarial loss of $100 million was primarily due to a decrease in the discount rate.
67


Other Postretirement PlansOther Postretirement Plans
2018 2017 2016202120202019
Change in benefit obligation:     Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year$7
 $7
 $7
Benefit obligation as of beginning of yearBenefit obligation as of beginning of year$$$
Benefit disbursements(1) (1) (1)Benefit disbursements(1)(1)(1)
Other
 1
 1
Other
Benefit obligation at end of year6
 7
 7
Benefit obligation as of end of yearBenefit obligation as of end of year
Change in plan assets:     Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
 
 
Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of yearFair value of plan assets as of beginning of year— — — 
Employer contribution1
 1
 1
Employer contribution
Benefit disbursements(1) (1) (1)Benefit disbursements(1)(1)(1)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
 
 
Fair value of plan assets as of end of yearFair value of plan assets as of end of year— — — 
Net funded status$(6) $(7) $(7)Net funded status$(6)$(6)$(6)
Service cost, interest cost and actuarial (gain) loss for other postretirement benefits were de minimis for fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016.2019.

 Pension Benefits
 2018 2017 2016
Amounts recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets consist of the following:
     
Accrued benefit obligation—current$
 $(1) $(1)
Accrued benefit obligation—noncurrent(35) (124) (166)
Net amount recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets
$(35) $(125) $(167)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss consist of the following:
     
Net loss$190
 $199
 $221
Net loss recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss
$190
 $199
 $221
Additional information:     
Accumulated benefit obligation$869
 $974
 $963
 Other Postretirement Plans
 2018 2017 2016
Amounts recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets consist of the following:
     
Accrued benefit obligation—current$(1) $(1) $(1)
Accrued benefit obligation—noncurrent(5) (6) (6)
Net amount recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets
$(6) $(7) $(7)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss consist of the following:
     
Gain, net of prior service cost$1
 $1
 $1
Net gain recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss
$1
 $1
 $1

 Pension Benefits
Amounts expected to be amortized from
   accumulated other comprehensive loss in the
   next fiscal year:
 
Net loss$4
Net expected to be amortized$4
Amounts expectedThe amounts recognized on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets related to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss in the next fiscal year forcompany-sponsored defined benefit plans and other postretirement benefits are expected to be de minimis.benefit plans consisted of the following:

Pension Benefits
202120202019
Amounts recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets consist of the following:
Prepaid benefit obligation—noncurrent$89 $53 $22 
Accrued benefit obligation—noncurrent(1)(2)(2)
Net amount recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets
$88 $51 $20 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss consist of the following:
Net loss$85 $98 $129 
Net loss recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss
$85 $98 $129 
Additional information:
Accumulated benefit obligation$1,012 $1,057 $899 
Other Postretirement Plans
202120202019
Amounts recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets consist of the following:
Accrued benefit obligation—current$(1)$— $(1)
Accrued benefit obligation—noncurrent(5)(6)(5)
Net amount recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets
$(6)$(6)$(6)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss consist of the following:
Gain, net of prior service cost$$— $
Net gain recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss
$$— $
Additional information:
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation$$$
68


Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations atas of period-end and net pension costs for the last three fiscal years were as follows:
Pension Benefits
202120202019
Benefit obligation:
Discount rate3.00 %2.80 %3.50 %
Annual compensation increase2.96 %2.96 %3.60 %
Net cost:
Discount rate2.80 %3.50 %4.35 %
Expected return on plan assets5.00 %6.00 %6.00 %
Annual compensation increase2.96 %3.60 %3.60 %
 Pension Benefits
 2018 2017 2016
Benefit obligation:     
Discount rate4.35% 3.70% 4.25%
Annual compensation increase3.60% 3.60% 3.60%
Net cost:     
Discount rate3.70% 4.25% 4.64%
Expected return on plan assets6.00% 6.00% 6.50%
Annual compensation increase3.60% 3.60% 3.60%
Other Postretirement Plans
202120202019
Benefit obligation—discount rate3.00 %2.80 %3.50 %
Net cost—discount rate2.80 %3.50 %4.35 %

 Other Postretirement Plans
 2018 2017 2016
Benefit obligation—discount rate4.35% 3.70% 4.25%
Net cost—discount rate3.70% 4.25% 4.40%

The measurement date for the defined benefit and other postretirement benefit plans was December 31 for 2018, 2017fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2016.2019. The Company applies the practical expedient under ASU No. 2015-4 to measure defined benefit retirement obligations and related plan assets as of the month-end that is closest to its fiscal year-end.

The mortality assumptions used to determine the pension benefit obligation as of December 31, 20182021 are based on the RP-2014Pri-2012 base mortality table with the MP-2018MP-2020 mortality improvement scale published by the Society of Actuaries.

A health care cost trend rate is used in the calculations of postretirement medical benefit plan obligations. The assumed healthcare trend rates for the last three fiscal years were as follows:
202120202019
Immediate rate5.50 %5.60 %5.90 %
Ultimate trend rate4.50 %4.50 %4.50 %
Year the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate203720372037
 2018 2017 2016
Immediate rate6.30% 6.70% 7.40%
Ultimate trend rate4.50% 4.50% 4.50%
Year the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate2037
 2037
 2037


A 1% change in the rate would result in a change to the postretirement medical plan obligation of less than $1 million. Retirees covered under these plans are responsible for the cost of coverage in excess of the subsidy, including all future cost increases.
In determining the discount rate, the Company determines the implied rate of return on a hypothetical portfolio of high-quality fixed-income investments, for which the timing and amount of cash outflows approximates the estimated pension plan payouts. The discount rate assumption is reviewed annually and revised as appropriate.

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is derived from a mathematical asset model. This model incorporates assumptions on the various asset class returns, reflecting a combination of historical performance analysis and the forward-looking views of the financial markets regarding the yield on long-term bonds and the historical returns of the major stock markets. The rate of return assumption is reviewed annually and revised as deemed appropriate.
The US Foods, Inc. Retirement Investment Committee (the “Committee”) has authority and responsibility to oversee the investment objective forand management of the Company sponsored plans istrust (“the Trust”) which holds the assets of the Retirement Plan and has adopted an Investment Policy to provide a common investment platform. Investment managers, overseen by the US Foods, Inc. Benefits Administration Committee, are expected to adopt and maintain an asset allocation strategyframework for the plans’management of the Trust’s assets, designedincluding the objectives and long-term strategy with respect to address the Retirement Plans’ liability structure.investment program of the Trust. Pursuant to the Investment Policy, the primary goal of investing Trust assets is to ensure that pension liabilities are met over time, and that Trust assets are invested in a manner that maximizes the probability of meeting pension liabilities. The Company has developed an asset allocation policy and rebalancing policy. The Benefits Administration Committee reviews the major asset classes, throughsecondary goal of investing Trust assets is to maximize long-term investment return consistent with a reasonable level of risk. Through consultation with its investment consultants, periodicallyconsultant, the Committee has developed long-term asset allocation guidelines intended to determine ifachieve investment objectives relative to projected liabilities. Based on those projections, the planCommittee has approved a dynamic asset allocation strategy that increases the liability-hedging assets are performingof the Trust and decreases the return-seeking assets of the Trust as expected. The Company’s 2018 strategy initially targeted a mixthe funded ratio of 50%the Retirement Plan improves. Based upon the funded ratio of the Retirement Plan, an asset allocation of 30% equity securities (U.S. large cap equities, U.S. small and 50% long-term debtmid-cap equities and non-U.S. equities) and 70% fixed income securities (U.S. Treasuries, STRIPs, and cash equivalents. During 2018,investment grade corporate bonds) was targeted during the Company revised its target to a mix of 35% equity securities and 65% long-term debt securities and cash equivalents.Company’s fiscal year 2021. The actual mix of investments at December 29, 2018 was 30%assets in the Trust as of January 1, 2022 consisted of 31% equity securities and 70% long-term debt securities and cash equivalents. The Company plans to manage the actual mix of investments to achieve its target mix.69% fixed income securities.
69


The following table sets forth the fair value of our defined benefit plans’ assets by asset fair value hierarchy level.level:
Asset Fair Value as of January 1, 2022
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Cash and cash equivalents$$— $— $
Equities:
Domestic44 — — 44 
International— — 
Mutual fund:
International equities26 — — 26 
Long-term debt securities:
Corporate debt securities:
Domestic— 286 — 286 
International— 45 — 45 
U.S. government securities— — 
$74 $338 $— 412 
Common collective trust funds:
Cash equivalents24 
Domestic equities219 
International equities49 
Treasury STRIPS303 
U.S. government securities96 
Total investments measured at net asset value
     as a practical expedient
691 
Total defined benefit plans’ assets$1,103 
Asset Fair Value as of January 2, 2021
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Cash and cash equivalents$$— $— $
Equities:
Domestic56 — — 56 
International— — 
Mutual fund:
International equities29 — — 29 
Long-term debt securities:
Corporate debt securities:
Domestic— 292 — 292 
International— 36 — 36 
U.S. government securities— 53 — 53 
Other— — 
$94 $384 $— 478 
Common collective trust funds:
Cash equivalents11 
Domestic equities240 
International equities62 
Treasury STRIPS321 
Total investments measured at net asset value
     as a practical expedient
634 
Total defined benefit plans’ assets$1,112 

70
 Asset Fair Value as of December 29, 2018
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Cash and cash equivalents$5
 $
 $
 $5
Equities:       
Domestic34
 
 
 34
International1
 
 
 1
Mutual fund:       
International equities21
 
 
 21
Long-term debt securities:       
Corporate debt securities:       
Domestic
 236
 
 236
International
 33
 
 33
U.S. government securities
 8
 
 8
Other
 2
 
 2
 $61
 $279
 $
 340
Common collective trust funds:       
Cash equivalents      9
Domestic equities      156
International equities      40
Treasury STRIPS      291
Total investments measured at net asset value
     as a practical expedient
      496
Total defined benefit plans’ assets      $836



 Asset Fair Value as of December 30, 2017
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Cash and cash equivalents$8
 $
 $
 $8
Equities:       
Domestic34
 
 
 34
International1
 
 
 1
Mutual funds:       
Domestic equities37
 
 
 37
International equities32
 
 
 32
Long-term debt securities:       
Corporate debt securities:       
Domestic
 224
 
 224
International
 26
 
 26
U.S. government securities
 155
 
 155
Government agencies securities
 8
 
 8
Other
 4
 
 4
 $112
 $417
 $
 529
Common collective trust funds:       
Cash equivalents      10
Domestic equities      249
International equities      63
Total investments measured at net asset value
     as a practical expedient
      322
Total defined benefit plans’ assets      $851

A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value is as follows:
Cash and cash equivalents are valued at original cost plus accrued interest.
Equities are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which individual securities are traded.
Mutual funds are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which individual funds are traded.
Long-term debt securities are valued at the estimated price a dealer will pay for the individual securities.
Common collective trust funds are measured at the net asset value atas of the December 31, 20182021 and 20172020 measurement dates. This class represents investments in common collective trust funds that invest in:
Equity securities, which may include common stocks, options and futures in actively managed funds; and
Treasury STRIPS (Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities) representing zero coupon Treasury securities with long-term maturities.

Equity securities, which may include common stocks, options and futures in actively managed funds; and
Treasury STRIPS (Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities) representing zero coupon Treasury securities with long-term maturities.
U.S. government securities representing government bonds with long-term maturities.
Estimated future benefit payments, under Company sponsored plans as of December 29, 2018,January 1, 2022, were as follows:
Pension BenefitsOther Postretirement Plans
2022$52 $— 
202353 
202453 
202553 
202654 — 
Subsequent five years245 
 Pension Benefits Other Postretirement Plans
2019$49
 $1
202048
 1
202148
 1
202247
 1
202345
 1
Subsequent five years232
 2


Due to the $35 million additional, voluntary contribution to the defined benefit plan during fiscal year 2018, theThe Company does not expect to make a significant contribution to the Retirement Plans in fiscal year 2019.2022.
Other Company Sponsored Benefit Plans —Certain—Certain employees are eligible to participate in the Company's 401(k) savings plan. This plan provides that, under certain circumstances and subject to applicable IRS limits, the Company may match participant contributions of up to 100% of the first 3% of a participant’s eligible compensation, and 50% of the next 2% of a participant’s eligible compensation, for a maximum employer matching contribution of 4%. The Company made employer matching contributions to the 401(k) plan of $52 million, $47 million $46 million and $44$51 million for fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively. The Company, at its discretion, may make additional contributions to the 401(k) plan. The Company made no discretionary contributions under the 401(k) plan in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016.
Multiemployer Pension Plans —The—The Company is also contributesrequired to contribute to various multiemployer pension plans under the terms of collective bargaining agreementsagreement (“CBAs”) that cover certain of its union-represented employees. The Company does not administer these multiemployer pension plans.These plans are jointly administered by trustees for participating employers and the applicable unions.
The risks of participating in multiemployer pension plans differ from traditional single-employer defined benefit plans as follows:
Assets contributed to a multiemployer pension plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to the employees of other participating employers.
If a participating employer stops contributing to a multiemployer pension plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.
If the Company elects to stop participation in a multiemployer pension plan, or if the number of the Company’s employees participating in a plan is reduced to a certain degree over certain periods of time, the Company may be required to pay a withdrawal liability based upon the underfunded status of the plan.
The Company’s participation in multiemployer pension plans for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018,January 1, 2022 is outlined in the tables below. The Company considers significant plans to be those plans to which the Company contributed more than 5% of total contributions to the plan in a given plan year, or for which the Company believes its estimated withdrawal liability, should it decide to voluntarily withdraw from the plan, may be material to the Company. For each plan that is considered individually significant to the Company, the following information is provided.provided:
The EIN/Plan Number column provides the Employee Identification Number (“EIN”) and the three-digit plan number (“PN”) assigned to a plan by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”).Service.
The most recent Pension Protection Act (“PPA”) zone status available for 2018fiscal years 2021 and 20172020 is for the plan years beginning in 20172020 and 2016,2019, respectively. The zone status is based on information provided to participating employers by each plan and is certified by the plan’s actuary. A plan in the red zone has been determined to be in critical status, or
71


critical and declining status, based on criteria established under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), and is generally less than 65% funded. Plans are generally considered “critical and declining” if they are projected to become insolvent within 20 years. A plan in the yellow zone has been determined to be in endangered status, based on criteria established under the Code, and is generally less than 80% but more than 65% funded. A plan in the green zone has been determined to be neither in critical status nor in endangered status, and is generally at least 80% funded.

The FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented column indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented. In addition to regular plan contributions, participating employers may be subject to a surcharge if the plan is in the red zone.
The Surcharge Imposed column indicates whether a surcharge has been imposed on participating employers contributing to the plan.
The Expiration Dates column indicates the expiration dates of the collective-bargaining agreementsCBAs to which the plans are subject.

Pension Fund
EIN/
Plan Number
PPA
Zone Status
FIP/RP Status
Pending/
Implemented
Surcharge
Imposed
Expiration Dates
20212020
Minneapolis Food Distributing
   Industry Pension Plan
41-6047047/001GreenGreenN/ANo4/5/25
Teamster Pension Trust Fund of
   Philadelphia and Vicinity
23-1511735/001YellowYellowImplementedNo2/13/22
Local 703 I.B. of T. Grocery and
Food Employees’ Pension Plan
36-6491473/001GreenGreenN/ANo6/30/21
United Teamsters Trust Fund A13-5660513/001YellowYellowImplementedNo5/30/22
Warehouse Employees Local
   169 and Employers Joint
   Pension Fund
23-6230368/001RedRedImplementedNo2/13/22
UFCW National Pension Fund51-6055922 / 001GreenGreenN/ANo6/24/23
Pension Fund 
EIN/
Plan Number
 
PPA
Zone Status
 
FIP/RP Status
Pending/
Implemented
 
Surcharge
Imposed
 Expiration Dates
    2018 2017      
Minneapolis Food Distributing
   Industry Pension Plan
 41-6047047/001 Green Green Implemented No 4/1/21
Teamster Pension Trust Fund of
   Philadelphia and Vicinity
 23-1511735/001 Yellow Yellow Implemented No 2/13/22
Local 703 I.B. of T. Grocery and
Food Employees’ Pension Plan
(1)
 36-6491473/001 Green Green N/A No 6/30/18
United Teamsters Trust Fund A 13-5660513/001 Yellow Yellow Implemented No 5/30/19
Warehouse Employees Local
   169 and Employers Joint
   Pension Fund(2)
 23-6230368/001 Red Red Implemented No 2/13/22
(1)The collective bargaining agreement for this pension fund is operating under an extension.
(2)Local 169 filed a Notice of Critical and Declining Status in 2017.


The following table provides information about the Company’s contributions to its multiemployer pension plans. For plans that are not individually significant to the Company, the total amount of the Company's contributions is aggregated. Prior

Contributions(1)(2)
Contributions That
Exceed 5% of
Total Plan Contributions(3)
20212020201920202019
Pension Fund
Minneapolis Food Distributing Industry Pension Plan$$$YesYes
Teamster Pension Trust Fund of Philadelphia and VicinityNoNo
Local 703 I.B. of T. Grocery and Food Employees’ 
     Pension Plan
YesYes
United Teamsters Trust Fund AYesYes
Warehouse Employees Local 169 and Employers 
     Joint Pension Fund
YesYes
UFCW National Pension FundNoNo
Other funds27 30 23 
$43 $44 $38 

(1)Contributions made to these plans during the Company’s fiscal year, contribution amounts have been reclassifiedwhich may not coincide with the plans’ respective fiscal years.
(2)    Contributions do not include payments related to other funds (below)multiemployer pension plan withdrawals/settlements.
(3)    Indicates whether the Company was listed in the respective multiemployer pension plan Form 5500 for plans no longer considered significant in 2018.the applicable plan year as having made more than 5% of total contributions to the plan.     

72


 
Contributions(1)(2)
 
Contributions That
Exceed 5% of
Total Plan Contributions(3)
 2018 2017 2016 2017 2016
Pension Fund         
Minneapolis Food Distributing Industry Pension Plan5
 5
 5
 Yes
 Yes
Teamster Pension Trust Fund of Philadelphia and Vicinity4
 4
 3
 No
 No
Local 703 I.B. of T. Grocery and Food Employees’ 
     Pension Plan
2
 1
 1
 Yes
 Yes
United Teamsters Trust Fund A2
 2
 2
 Yes
 Yes
Warehouse Employees Local 169 and Employers 
     Joint Pension Fund
1
 1
 1
 Yes
 Yes
Other Funds21
 21
 21
 
 
 $35
 $34
 $33
    

(1)Contributions made to these plans during the Company’s fiscal year, which may not coincide with the plans’ fiscal years.
(2)Contributions do not include payments related to multiemployer pension plan withdrawals/settlements.
(3)Indicates whether the Company was listed in the respective multiemployer pension plan Form 5500 for the applicable plan year as having made more than 5% of total contributions to the plan.     


If the Company elects to voluntarily withdraw from a multiemployer pension plan, it may be responsible for its proportionate share of the respective plan’s unfunded vested liability. Based on the latest information available from plan administrators, the Company estimates its aggregate withdrawal liability from the multiemployer pension plans in which it participates to be approximately $110$160 million as of December 29, 2018.January 1, 2022. Actual withdrawal liabilities incurred by the Company, if it were to withdraw from one or more plans, could be materially different from the estimates noted here, based on better or more timely information from plan administrators or other changes affecting the respective plan’splans' funded status.
19.EARNINGS PER SHARE
19.    EARNINGS PER SHARE
The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”)EPS in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share. Share. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholdersshareholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding.
Diluted EPS is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock, plus the effect of potentially dilutive securities. StockThe Company applies the treasury method to calculate the dilution impact of share-based awards—stock options, non-vested restricted shares with forfeitable dividend rights, non-vested restricted stock units, and employee stock purchase plan deferrals are considered potentiallydeferrals. The Company applies the if-converted method to calculate the dilution impact of the Series A Preferred Stock, if dilutive securities.in the period. For fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019, share-based awards representing 2 million, 9 million and 2 million underlying common shares, respectively, were not included in the computation because the effect would have been anti-dilutive. For fiscal years 2021 and 2020, Series A Preferred Stock representing 25 million and 15 million of underlying common shares, respectively, were not included in the computation because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:EPS:
202120202019
Numerator:
Net income (loss)$164 $(226)$385 
Less: Series A Preferred Stock dividends (1)
(43)(28)— 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders$121 $(254)$385 
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding222 220 218 
Effect of dilutive share-based awards— 
Effect of dilutive underlying shares of the Series A Preferred Stock (2)
— — — 
Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding225 220 220 
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic$0.55 $(1.15)$1.77 
Diluted$0.54 $(1.15)$1.75 
(1)    As discussed in Note 14 Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock dividends for fiscal year 2020 and the first quarter of 2021 were paid-in-kind in the form of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Series A Preferred Stock dividends for the remaining quarters of fiscal year 2021 were paid in cash.
(2)    The Company applies the if-converted method to calculate the dilution impact of the Series A Preferred Stock, if dilutive in the period. Under the if-converted method, the Series A Preferred Stock are converted to common shares for inclusion in the calculation of the weighted-average common shares outstanding—diluted. Once converted, there would be no Series A Preferred Stock outstanding and therefore no Series A convertible preferred stock dividend.
73
 2018 2017 2016
Numerator:     
Net income$407
 $444
 $210
Denominator:     
Weighted-average common shares
   outstanding
216,112,021
 222,383,038
 200,129,868
Dilutive effect of share-based awards1,713,524
 3,280,747
 3,894,858
Weighted-average dilutive shares
   outstanding
217,825,545
 225,663,785
 204,024,726
Basic earnings per share$1.88
 $2.00
 $1.05
Diluted earnings per share$1.87
 $1.97
 $1.03



20.    CHANGES IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

20.CHANGES IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
The following table presents changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, by component, for the last three fiscal years:
202120202019
Accumulated other comprehensive loss components
Retirement benefit obligations:
Balance as of beginning of year (1)
$(29)$(52)$(97)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications14 29 44 
Reclassification adjustments:
Amortization of net loss (2) (3)
— 
Settlements (2) (3)
— — 12 
Total before income tax14 30 60 
Income tax provision15 
Current year comprehensive income, net of tax10 23 45 
Balance as of end of year (1)
$(19)$(29)$(52)
Interest rate swaps:
Balance as of beginning of year (1)
$(5)$(2)$13 
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps(11)(14)
Amounts reclassified to interest expense(6)
Total before income tax(5)(20)
Income tax (benefit) provision(2)(5)
Current year comprehensive income (loss), net of tax(3)(15)
Balance as of end of year (1)
$— $(5)$(2)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss as of end of year(1)
$(19)$(34)$(54)
(1)    Amounts are presented net of tax.
(2)    Included in the computation of net periodic benefit costs. See Note 18, Retirement Plans, for additional information.
(3)    Included in other (income) expense—net in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
21.    INCOME TAXES
 2018 2017 2016
Accumulated other comprehensive loss components     
Retirement benefit obligations:     
Balance at beginning of year (1)
$(103) $(119) $(74)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications6
 1
 (64)
Reclassification adjustments:     
Amortization of net loss (2) (3)
3
 4
 8
Settlements (2) (3)

 18
 4
Prior year correction (4)

 
 (22)
Total before income tax9
 22
 (74)
Income tax provision (benefit)3
 6
 (29)
Current year comprehensive income (loss), net of tax6
 16
 (45)
Balance at end of year (1)
$(97) $(103) $(119)
      
Interest rate swaps:     
Balance at beginning of year (1)
$8
 $
 $
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps10
 11
 
Amounts reclassified to interest expense(3) 2
 
Total before income tax7
 13
 
Income tax provision2
 5
 
Current year comprehensive income, net of tax5
 8
 
Balance at end of year (1)
$13
 $8
 $
Accumulated other comprehensive loss at end of year(1)
$(84) $(95) $(119)

(1)Amounts are presented net of tax.
(2)Included in the computation of net periodic benefit costs. See Note 18, Retirement Plans, for additional information.
(3)Included in other (income) expense—net in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
(4)In the second quarter of fiscal year 2016, the Company recorded a $22 million increase to its pension obligation, with a corresponding increase to accumulated other comprehensive loss, to correct a computational error related to a 2015 pension plan freeze.
21.INCOME TAXES
The income tax provision (benefit) for the fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 consisted of the following:

202120202019
Current:
Federal$11 $(20)$102 
State17 
Current income tax provision (benefit)12 (17)119 
Deferred:
Federal31 (39)(6)
State(12)13 
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)38 (51)
Total income tax provision (benefit)$50 $(68)$126 

 2018 2017 2016
Current:     
Federal$32
 $74
 $1
State12
 9
 
Current income tax provision44
 83
 1
Deferred:     
Federal31
 (133) (15)
State14
 10
 (65)
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)45
 (123) (80)
Total income tax provision (benefit)$89
 $(40) $(79)

The Company’s effective income tax rates for the fiscal years ended January 1, 2022, January 2, 2021 and December 29, 201828, 2019 were 23%, December 30, 201723% and December 31, 2016 were 18.0%, (10.0)% and (60.0)%25%, respectively. The determination of the Company’s overall effective income tax rate requires the use of estimates. The effective income tax rate reflects the income earned and taxed in U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions based on enacted tax law, permanent differences between book and tax items, tax credits and the Company’s change in relative contribution to income forin each jurisdiction. Changes in tax laws and rates may affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities and the Company’s effective income tax rate in the future.
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. federal government enacted comprehensive tax legislation referred to herein as the Tax Act. The Tax Act made broad and complex changes to the U.S. federal income tax code, including, but not limited to (1) a reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate and (2) the full expensing of qualified property.
74

The Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (“SAB 118”), which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the Tax Act enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740, Income Taxes. In accordance with SAB 118, a company must reflect the income tax effects of those aspects of the Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC 740, Income Taxes is complete. To the extent that a company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act is incomplete but it is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional estimate in the financial statements. If a company cannot determine a provisional estimate to be included in the financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740, Income Taxes on the basis of the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of the Tax Act.

The Tax Act reduced the federal corporate income tax rate to 21%, effective January 1, 2018 and provided for bonus depreciation that allows for full expensing of qualified assets placed into service after September 27, 2017. For the fiscal year ended December 30, 2017, the Company recorded provisional amounts of the impact of the corporate tax rate reduction and bonus depreciation that allows for the full expensing of qualified property. Consequently, the Company recorded a provisional decrease to deferred tax liabilities of $173 million with a corresponding adjustment to deferred income tax benefit of $173 million for the fiscal year 2017 related to the reduction of the federal corporate income tax rate. Additionally, the Company recorded a provisional increase in net deferred tax liabilities of $4 million with a corresponding adjustment of $4 million to other long-term liabilities for the fiscal year 2017 related to bonus depreciation that allowed for the full expensing of qualified property.
For fiscal year 2018, the Company recorded adjustments to finalize provisional amounts recorded as of December 30, 2017. The Company recognized a decrease to deferred tax liabilities of $7 million and a decrease to current taxes payable of $1 million with a corresponding adjustment to income tax benefit of $8 million related to the reduction of the federal corporate income tax rate. The $8 million income tax benefit was primarily the result of the $35 million of incremental contributions to the Company’s defined benefit and other postretirement plans and changes in the method of accounting reflected in the 2017 tax returns as filed.
As of December 29, 2018, the Company has completed its accounting of the tax effects of the Tax Act.

The reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate (21% in 2018, and 35% in 2017 and 2016, respectively)of 21% to the Company’s income tax provision (benefit) for the fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 is shown below.below: 
202120202019
Federal income taxes computed at statutory rate$45 $(62)$107 
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit10 (10)24 
Share-based compensation(5)(4)
Non-deductible expenses
Change in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets(7)(1)
Net operating loss expirations— 
Tax credits(1)(3)(10)
Change in unrecognized tax benefits(2)(3)(1)
Total income tax provision (benefit)$50 $(68)$126 
 2018 2017 2016
Federal income taxes computed at statutory rate$104
 $141
 $46
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit20
 16
 2
Stock-based compensation(6) (26) (3)
Non-deductible expenses3
 5
 5
Change in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets1
 (1) (128)
Net operating loss expirations3
 1
 2
Tax credits(6) (3) (3)
Change in unrecognized tax benefits(21) (1) 1
Change in U.S. federal statutory tax rate(8) (173) 
Other(1) 1
 (1)
Total income tax provision (benefit)$89
 $(40) $(79)


Temporary differences and carryforwards that created significant deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
January 1, 2022January 2, 2021
Deferred tax assets:
Operating lease liabilities$70 $71 
Workers’ compensation, general and fleet liabilities45 40 
Financing lease and other long term liabilities71 78 
Net operating loss carryforwards68 64 
Other deferred tax assets97 100 
Total gross deferred tax assets351 353 
Less valuation allowance(28)(35)
Total net deferred tax assets323 318 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment(195)(201)
Operating lease assets(68)(70)
Inventories(40)(21)
Intangibles(290)(274)
Other deferred tax liabilities(29)(21)
Total deferred tax liabilities(622)(587)
Net deferred tax liability$(299)$(269)
 December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017
Deferred tax assets:   
Allowance for doubtful accounts$8
 $7
Accrued employee benefits13
 7
Restructuring reserves3
 5
Workers’ compensation, general and fleet liabilities40
 43
Deferred financing costs2
 2
Postretirement benefit obligations9
 23
Net operating loss carryforwards73
 86
Other accrued expenses13
 10
Total gross deferred tax assets161
 183
Less valuation allowance(30) (29)
Total net deferred tax assets131
 154
Deferred tax liabilities:   
Property and equipment(121) (92)
Inventories(39) (30)
Intangibles(262) (274)
Total deferred tax liabilities(422) (396)
Net deferred tax liability$(291) $(242)


The net deferred tax liabilities presented in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows.  follows:
January 1, 2022January 2, 2021
Noncurrent deferred tax assets$$
Noncurrent deferred tax liability(307)(270)
Net deferred tax liability$(299)$(269)
75


 December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017
Noncurrent deferred tax assets$7
 $21
Noncurrent deferred tax liability(298) (263)
Net deferred tax liability$(291) $(242)


As of December 29, 2018, theThe Company had tax affected state net operating loss carryforwards of $73$68 million which will expire at various dates from 2019 to 2038.as of January 1, 2022. The Company’s net operating loss carryforwards expire as follows:
 State
2019-2023$33
2024-202826
2029-20339
2034-20385
 $73
State
2022-2026$32 
2027-203110 
2032-2036
2037-204114 
Indefinite
$68 
The Company also has state credit carryforwards of $16$20 million.
The U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards in the income tax returns filed included unrecognized tax benefits taken in prior years. The net operating losses for which a deferred tax asset is recognized for financial statement purposes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, are presented net of these unrecognized tax benefits.
Because of the change of ownership provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, use of a portion of the Company’s domestic net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be limited in future periods. Further, a portion of the carryforwards may expire before being applied to reduce future income tax liabilities.
We released the previously recorded valuation allowance against our U.S. federal net deferred tax assets and certain of our state net deferred tax assets in fiscal year 2016 as we determined it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets would be realized. WeThe Company maintained a valuation allowance on certain state net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards expected to expire unutilized as a result of insufficient forecasted taxable income in the carryforward period or the utilization of which is subject to limitation. The decision to release the valuation allowance was made after management considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, including but not limited to, historical operating results, cumulative income in recent years, forecasted earnings, and a reduction of uncertainty regarding forecasted earnings as a result of developments in certain customer and strategic initiatives during fiscal year 2016.
A summary of the activity in the valuation allowance for the fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 is as follows:
202120202019
Balance as of beginning of year$35 $36 30 
(Benefit) expense recognized(7)(1)
Balance as of end of year$28 $35 $36 
 2018 2017 2016
Balance at beginning of year$29
 $24
 152
Expense (benefit) recognized1
 5
 (128)
Balance at end of year$30
 $29
 $24
The calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in U.S. federal and state jurisdictions. The Company (1) records unrecognized tax benefits as liabilities in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes and (2) adjusts these liabilities when the Company’s judgment changes because of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from the current estimate of liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which new information is available. The Company recognizes an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits.

Reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of fiscal years 2018, 2017,2021, 2020, and 20162019 was as follows:

Balance as of December 29, 2018$40 
Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations(1)
Balance as of December 28, 201939 
Gross increases due to positions taken in prior years
Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations(1)
Decreases due to changes in tax rates(5)
Positions assumed in business acquisition
Balance as of January 2, 202139 
Gross increases due to positions taken in prior years
Gross decreases due to positions taken in prior years(2)
Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations(5)
Decreases due to settlements with taxing authorities(5)
Balance at January 1, 2022$32 

76

Balance at January 2, 2016$45
Gross increases due to positions taken in prior years5
Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations(1)
Balance at December 31, 201649
Gross increases due to positions taken in prior years72
Gross decreases due to positions taken in prior years(4)
Gross decreases due to positions taken in current year(5)
Decreases due to changes in tax rates(4)
Balance at December 30, 2017108
Gross increases due to positions taken in prior years2
Gross decreases due to positions taken in prior years(64)
Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations(1)
Decreases due to changes in tax rates(5)
Balance at December 29, 2018$40


The Company believesestimates it is reasonably possible that the liability for unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by approximately $1up to $17 million in the next 12 months as a result of the completion of various tax audits orcurrently in process and the expiration of the statute of limitations.limitations in several jurisdictions.
Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits atas of the end of fiscal years 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 was $36$28 million, $60$34 million and $43$35 million, respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate. The Company recognizes interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in operating expenses. The Company had accrued interest and penalties of approximately $5$7 million as of December 29, 2018both January 1, 2022 and December 30, 2017.January 2, 2021.
The Company files U.S. federal and state income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. Our 2007 through 20172020 U.S. federal income tax years, and various state income tax years from 2000 through 2016,2020, remain subject to income tax examinations by the relevant taxing authorities. Prior to 2007, the Company was owned by Royal Ahold N.V. (“Ahold”). Ahold indemnified the Company for 2007 pre-closing consolidated U.S. federal and certain combined state income taxes, and the Company is responsible for all other taxes, interest and penalties.
22.COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
22.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Purchase Commitments—The Company enters into purchase orders with vendors and other parties in the ordinary course of business and has a limited number of purchase contracts with certain vendors that require it to buy a predetermined volume of products. As of December 29, 2018, theThe Company had $651$1,911 million of purchase orders and purchase contract commitments as of January 1, 2022 to be purchased in fiscal year 20192022 and $70$89 million of information technology commitments through September 2023August 2025 that are not recorded in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.
To minimize fuel costprice risk, the Company enters into forward purchase commitments for a portion of its projected diesel fuel requirements. At December 29, 2018, theThe Company had diesel fuel forward purchase commitments totaling $100$33 million through June 2020. Additionally,March 2023, as of December 29, 2018,January 1, 2022. Additionally, the Company had electricity forward purchase commitments totaling $5$16 million through March 2021.June 2024, as of January 1, 2022. The Company does not measure its forward purchase commitments for fuel and electricity at fair value, as the amounts under contract meet the physical delivery criteria in the normal purchase exception under GAAP guidance.exception.
SGA Food Group Acquisition—On July 28, 2018, USF entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Services Group of America, Inc. (“SGA”) under which USF agreed to acquire SGA’s Food Group of Companies, including Food Services of America, Inc., Systems Services of America, Inc., Amerifresh, Inc., Ameristar Meats, Inc. and Gampac Express, Inc. (collectively, the “SGA Food Group Companies”), for $1.8 billion in cash.  The closing of the acquisition remains subject to customary conditions, including the receipt of required regulatory approvals. To fund a substantial portion of the consideration, USF also entered into a

commitment letter with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (collectively, the “Committed Parties”) under which the Committed Parties committed to provide USF with a $1.5 billion senior secured term loan facility.
Legal Proceedings—The Company is partysubject to a number of legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. These legal proceedings, whether pending, threatened or unasserted, if decided adversely to or settled by the Company, may result in liabilities material to its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. The Company has recognized provisions with respect to the proceedings, where appropriate, in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. It is possible that the Company could settle one or more of these proceedings or could be required to make expenditures, in excess of the established provisions, in amounts that cannot be reasonably estimated. However, the Company, at present, believes that the ultimate resolutionoutcome of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
23.
23.    US FOODS HOLDING CORP. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
These condensed parent company financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements. Under terms of the agreements governing its indebtedness, the net assets of USF our wholly owned subsidiary, are restricted from being transferred to US Foods Holding Corp.
in the form of loans, advances or dividends with the exception of income tax payments, share-based compensation settlements and minor administrative costs. As of December 29, 2018, USF had $991 million$1.4 billion of restricted payment capacity under these covenants, and approximately $2,238 million$2.8 billion of its net assets were restricted after taking into consideration the net deferred tax assets and intercompany balances that eliminate in consolidation.consolidation, as of January 1, 2022. See Note 16, Share-Based Compensation, Common Stock Issuances and Common Stock, for a discussion of the Company’s equity relatedequity-related transactions. In the condensed parent company financial statements below, the investment in the operating subsidiary, USF, is accounted for using the equity method.








77


Condensed Parent Company Balance Sheets
(In millions, except par value)

January 1, 2022January 2, 2021
ASSETS
Investment in subsidiary$4,266 $4,050 
Other assets— 
Total assets$4,270 $4,050 
LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deferred tax liabilities$$
Total liabilities
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 22)00
Mezzanine equity:
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value—25 shares authorized;
    0.5 issued and outstanding as of January 1, 2022 and
   January 2, 2021
534 519 
Shareholders’ Equity
 Common stock, $0.01 par value—600 shares authorized;
    223 and 221 issued and outstanding as of January 1, 2022
        and January 2, 2021, respectively
Additional paid-in capital2,970 2,901 
Retained earnings782 661 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(19)(34)
Total shareholders’ equity3,735 3,530 
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ equity$4,270 $4,050 

 December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017
ASSETS   
Investment in subsidiary$3,235
 $2,847
TOTAL ASSETS$3,235
 $2,847
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY   
Deferred tax liabilities$1
 $25
Other liabilities5
 71
Total liabilities6
 96
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 22)
 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   
Common stock, $0.01 par value—600 shares authorized;
     217 and 215 issued and outstanding as of
     December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively
2
 2
Additional paid-in capital2,780
 2,720
Retained earnings531
 124
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(84) (95)
Total shareholders’ equity3,229
 2,751
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY$3,235
 $2,847



Condensed Parent Company Statements of Comprehensive Income

Fiscal Years Ended
January 1, 2022January 2, 2021December 28, 2019
Income before income taxes$— $— $— 
Income tax benefit(4)(5)— 
Income before equity in net earnings of subsidiary— 
Equity in net earnings of subsidiary160 (231)385 
     Net income (loss)164 (226)385 
Other comprehensive income—net of tax:
Changes in retirement benefit obligations10 23 45 
Unrecognized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps(3)(15)
     Comprehensive income (loss)$179 $(206)$415 
Net income (loss)$164 $(226)$385 
Series A convertible preferred stock dividends(43)(28)— 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders$121 $(254)$385 



78

 Fiscal Years Ended
 December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
OPERATING EXPENSES$
 $
 $5
Loss before income taxes
 
 (5)
INCOME TAX (BENEFIT) PROVISION(31) (5) 104
Income (loss) before equity in net earnings of subsidiary31
 5
 (109)
EQUITY IN NET EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARY376
 439
 319
NET INCOME407
 444
 210
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)—Net of tax:     
Changes in retirement benefit obligations6
 16
 (45)
Unrecognized gain on interest rate swaps5
 8
 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME$418
 $468
 $165

Condensed Parent Company Statements of Cash Flows
Fiscal Years Ended
January 1, 2022January 2, 2021December 28, 2019
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)$164 $(226)$385 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by operating activities:
Equity in net earnings of subsidiary(160)231 (385)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Increase in other assets(4)— — 
Decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities— (5)— 
Net cash used in operating activities— — — 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Investment in subsidiary28 (491)— 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities28 (491)— 
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock— 491 — 
Dividends paid on Series A convertible preferred stock(28)— — 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities(28)491 — 
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash— — — 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of year— — — 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of year$— $— $— 

24.    BUSINESS INFORMATION
 Fiscal Years Ended
 December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:     
Net income$407
 $444
 $210
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in)
   provided by operating activities:
     
Equity in net earnings of subsidiary(376) (439) (319)
Deferred income tax (benefit) provision(23) (77) 106
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:     
Decrease (increase) in other assets
 1
 (1)
Decrease in intercompany payable
 
 (7)
(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities(8) 71
 
Net cash used in operating activities
 
 (11)
      
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:     
Investment in subsidiary
 
 (1,114)
Cash distribution from subsidiary
 280
 374
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
 280
 (740)
      
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:     
Net proceeds from initial public offering
 
 1,114
Cash distribution to shareholders
 
 (666)
Proceeds from common stock sales
 
 3
Common stock repurchased
 (280) 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
 (280) 451
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
 (300)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year
 
 300
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year$
 $
 $


24.QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Unaudited)
Financial information for each quarter in the fiscal years ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, is set forth below:
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 Fiscal Year
Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018         
Net sales$5,823
 $6,158
 $6,153
 $6,041
 $24,175
Cost of goods sold4,831
 5,044
 5,045
 4,949
 19,869
Gross profit992
 1,114
 1,108
 1,092
 4,306
Operating expenses889
 908
 929
 922
 3,648
Other income—net(3) (3) (3) (4) (13)
Interest expense—net43
 48
 42
 42
 175
Income before income taxes63
 161
 140
 132
 496
Income tax (benefit) provision(4) 35
 26
 32
 89
Net income$67
 $126
 $114
 $100
 $407
Earnings per share:(1)
         
Basic$0.31
 $0.58
 $0.53
 $0.46
 $1.88
Diluted$0.31
 $0.58
 $0.52
 $0.46
 $1.87
          
Fiscal Year Ended December 30, 2017         
Net sales$5,788
 $6,159
 6,204
 $5,996
 $24,147
Cost of goods sold4,797
 5,105
 5,106
 4,921
 19,929
Gross profit991
 1,054
 1,098
 1,075
 4,218
Operating expenses915
 927
 909
 879
 3,630
Other (income) expense—net(1) 1
 (1) 15
 14
Interest expense—net42
 41
 43
 44
 170
Income before income taxes35
 85
 147
 137
 404
Income tax provision (benefit)8
 20
 51
 (119) (40)
Net income$27
 $65
 $96
 $256
 $444
Earnings per share:(1)
         
Basic$0.12
 $0.29
 $0.43
 $1.16
 $2.00
Diluted$0.12
 $0.29
 $0.42
 $1.15
 $1.97
(1)The quarterly earnings per share information is computed separately for each period. Therefore, the sum of such quarterly per share amounts may differ from the total year.
25.BUSINESS INFORMATION
The Company’s consolidated results represent the results of its one1 business segment based on how the Company’s chief operating decision maker, the Chief Executive Officer, views the business for purposes of evaluating performance and making operating decisions.
The Company markets and distributes fresh, frozen and dry food and non-food products to foodservice customers throughout the United States.U.S. The Company uses a centralized management structure, and its strategies and initiatives are implemented and executed consistently across the organization to maximize value to the organization as a whole. The Company uses shared resources for sales, procurement, and general and administrative activities across each of its distribution centersfacilities and operations. The Company’s distribution centersfacilities form a single network to reach its customers; it is common for a single customer to make purchases from several different distribution centers.facilities. Capital projects, whether for cost savings or generating incremental revenue, are evaluated based on estimated economic returns to the organization as a whole.

No single customer accounted for more than 2% of the Company’s consolidated net sales in fiscal year 2021, and 3% of the Company’s consolidated net sales for fiscal years 2018, 20172020 and 2016.2019. However, customers who are members of one group purchasing organization accounted, in the aggregate, for approximately 11% of the Company's consolidated net sales in fiscal year 2021 and 13% of the Company's consolidated net sales for fiscal years 20182020 and 2017, and 12% of the Company's consolidated net sales in fiscal year 2016.2019.

79


Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A.Controls and Procedures
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of December 29, 2018,January 1, 2022, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of US Foods Holding Corp.'s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of our "disclosure“disclosure controls and procedures"procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that information required to be disclosed is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting dated February 14, 201917, 2022
Management of US Foods Holding Corp.and its subsidiaries (the "Company"“Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.U.S. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company, (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company, and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.
Internal control over financial reporting includes the controls themselves, monitoring and internal auditing practices, and actions taken to correct deficiencies as identified. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2018.January 1, 2022. Management based this assessment on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management's assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Company's internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of the Company's Board of Directors.
Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of December 29, 2018,January 1, 2022, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting. Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, which audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this report, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2018.January 1, 2022.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal controlscontrol over financial reporting during the fourth fiscal quarter of 2018ended January 1, 2022 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

80



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To the Shareholdersshareholders and the Board of Directors of US Foods Holding Corp.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of US Foods Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 29, 2018,January 1, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”)(COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2018,January 1, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018,January 1, 2022, of the Company and our report dated February 14, 2019,17, 2022, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting dated February 14, 2019.
17, 2022. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Chicago, Illinois
February 14, 201917, 2022



Item 9B.Other Information
Item 9B.    Other Information
None.

81


PART III
Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by this item with respect to members of the Board of Directors and with respect to the Audit Committee will be included in our definitive proxy statement for our 20192022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (our “2019“2022 Proxy Statement”) under the captions “Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance-Meetings of the Board and its Committees-Audit Committee” and is incorporated herein by reference. The information required by this item with respect to our Corporate Governance Guidelines and our Code of Conduct will be included in our 20192022 Proxy Statement under the caption “Corporate Governance-Corporate Governance Materials” and is incorporated herein by reference. The information required by this item with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 will be included in our 2019 Proxy Statement under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Directors and Officers-Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is incorporated herein by reference. See Item 1 of Part I, “Business-Executive“Business-Information about our Executive Officers” for the information required by this item with respect to our executive officers.
Item 11.Executive Compensation
Item 11.    Executive Compensation
The information required by this item will be included in our 20192022 Proxy Statement under the captions “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Executive Compensation,” and “Director Compensation” and is incorporated herein by reference, provided that the Compensation Committee Report shall not be deemed to be “filed” with this Annual Report.
Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this item with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial ownershipowners and management will be included in our 20192022 Proxy Statement under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Directors, and Officers” and is incorporated herein by reference.
The information required by this item with respect to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation planplans is presented below.

Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans as of January 1, 2022:
Plan Category
Number of shares
to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options,
restricted warrants and rights(1)
Weighted-average exercise price of shares underlying
outstanding options, warrants
and rights(2)
Number of shares remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans
(excluding shares reflected
in column (a))(3)
Equity compensation plans
approved by stockholders
 8,423,06924.149,149,629
Equity compensation plans
not approved by stockholders
Total8,423,06924.149,149,629
(1) This number consists of 347,590 shares subject to outstanding awards granted under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of USF Holding Corp. and its Affiliates, 2,458,144 shares subject to outstanding awards under the 2016 US Foods Holding Corp. Omnibus Incentive Plan, and 5,617,335 shares subject to outstanding awards under the US Foods Holding Corp. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”).
(2)    This weighted-average exercise price is calculated based on the exercise prices of outstanding Options and does not reflect the shares that will be included in our 2019 Proxy Statementissued upon the vesting of outstanding RSUs, which have no exercise price.
(3)    This number consists of 7,979,136 shares available for issuance under the caption “Equity Compensation2019 Plan, Information” and is incorporated herein by reference.1,170,493 shares reserved for issuance under the employee stock purchase plan. 
Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this item will be included in our 20192022 Proxy Statement under the captions “Election of Directors”Directors,” “Corporate Governance” and “Corporate Governance”“Related Party Transactions” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by this item will be included in our 20192022 Proxy Statement under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and is incorporated herein by reference.

82



Part IV
Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)1.    Financial Statements:
Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)    1.    Financial Statements:
The following financial statements of US Foods Holding Corp. and subsidiaries are included in Item 8:
 
2.Financial Statement Schedules
2.    Financial Statement Schedules
Schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable, not required, or the information is included elsewhere in the financial statements or notes thereto.
3.Exhibits
3.    Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report or are incorporated by reference.

Exhibit No.Description
Exhibit No.  3.1Description
  2.1†
  3.1
  3.2
  4.1  3.3
  4.1
  4.2
  4.3
10.1.1  4.4
  4.5
  4.6
  4.7
83


Exhibit No.Description
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
10.1.1

Exhibit No.10.1.2Description
10.1.2
10.210.1.3
10.3.110.2.1
10.3.210.2.2
10.3.310.2.3
10.3.410.2.4
10.3.510.2.5
10.3.610.2.6
10.410.2.7
10.5*10.2.8
84


Exhibit No.Description
10.2.9
10.2.10
10.3
10.4
10.5*
10.6*
10.7*
10.8*

Exhibit No.10.9*Description
10.9*
10.10*
10.11*10.10*
10.11*
10.12*
10.13*
10.14*
10.13*10.15*
10.16*
10.17*
85


Exhibit No.Description
10.18*
10.19*
10.14*10.20*
10.15*10.21*
10.16*10.22*
10.17*10.23*
21.1
23.1
31.1
31.2
32.1
32.2
101Interactive Data file.


*101Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.Interactive Data File.
104SchedulesCover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. US Foods Holding Corp. hereby undertakes to furnish copies of any of the omitted schedules and exhibits upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission.contained in Exhibit 101).


*    Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.
Item 16.Form 10-K Summary
Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary
None.

86


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
(Registrant)
By:
/s/ PIETRO SATRIANO
Name:Pietro Satriano
Title:Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
Date:

February 14, 201917, 2022
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrantregistrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SignatureTitleDate
/s/ PIETRO SATRIANOChief Executive Officer and DirectorFebruary 17, 2022
Pietro Satriano     (Principal Executive Officer)
SignatureTitleDate
/s/ PIETRO SATRIANOChairman and Chief Executive OfficerFebruary 14, 2019
Pietro Satriano     (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ DIRK J. LOCASCIOChief Financial OfficerFebruary 14, 201917, 2022
Dirk J. Locascio
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal 
Accounting Officer)
/s/ CHERYL A. BACHELDERDirectorFebruary 14, 201917, 2022
Cheryl A. Bachelder
/s/ COURT D. CARRUTHERSDirectorFebruary 14, 201917, 2022
Court D. Carruthers
/s/ ROBERT M. DUTKOWSKYChairman of the BoardFebruary 17, 2022
Robert M. Dutkowsky
/s/SUNIL GUPTADirectorFebruary 14, 201917, 2022
Robert M. DutkowskySunil Gupta
/s/SUNIL GUPTADirectorFebruary 14, 2019
Sunil Gupta
/s/ JOHN A. LEDERERDirectorFebruary 14, 201917, 2022
John A. Lederer
/s/ CARL ANDREW PFORZHEIMERDirectorFebruary 14, 201917, 2022
Carl Andrew Pforzheimer
/s/ NATHANIEL H. TAYLORDirectorFebruary 17, 2022
Nathaniel H. Taylor
/s/ DAVID M. TEHLEDirectorFebruary 14, 201917, 2022
David M. Tehle
/s/ ANN E. ZIEGLERDirectorFebruary 14, 201917, 2022
Ann E. Ziegler





98
87